Home

SBE Data Processing - Sea

1. 01 Sea tech 1s6000 OBS nephelometer sensor serial number 02 Sea tech 186000 OBS nephelometer sensor calibration date 03 Sea tech 186000 OBS nephelometer gain slope offset 04 Fluorometer Chelsea Aqua 3 sensor serial number 05 Fluorometer Chelsea Aqua 3 sensor calibration date 06 Fluorometer Chelsea Aqua 3 scale factor slope offset Vacetone VB static Vlug 1l 07 Fluorometer Turner sensor serial number 08 Fluorometer Turner sensor calibration date 09 Fluorometer Turner scale factor offset or Turner 10au 005 full scale concentration full scale voltage zero point concentration 0 Conductivity G H I J ctcor cpcor i Temperature FO G H I J 2 Secondary conductivity G H I J ctcor cpcor 3 Secondary temperature FO G H I J 4 WET Labs AC3 beam transmission transmissometer sensor serial number 5 WET Labs AC3 beam transmission transmissometer sensor calibration date 6 WET Labs AC3 beam transmission transmissometer Ch2o Vh2o Vdark x chlorophyll absorption v Vh2o a x 7 WET Labs WETStar fluorometer sensor serial number 8 WET Labs WETStar fluorometer sensor calibration date 9 WET Labs WETStar Vblank scale factor 20 Primary conductivity sensor using g h i j coefficients calibra
2. Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments seaTurbMtr Turbidity Seapoint FTU seaTurbMtr FTU 1 sensor seaTurbMtrl Turbidity Seapoint 2 FTU seaTurbMtr2 FTU 2nd sensor seaTurbMtrdiff Turbidity Seapoint Diff 2 1 FTU seaTurbMtrdiff FTU 2nd sensor Ist sensor turbflTCO Turbidity Turner Cyclops NTU turbflTC NTU 1 sensor turbflTC1 Turbidity Turner Cyclops 2 NTU turbflTC2 NTU 2nd sensor turbflTCdiff Turbidity Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 NTU turbflTCdiff NTU 2nd sensor 1st sensor turbWETbb0 Turbidity WET Labs ECO BB m 1 sr turbWETbb m 1 sr 1 sensor turbWETbb1 Turbidity WET Labs ECO BB 2 m 1 sr _ turbWETbb2 m 1 sr 2nd sensor turbWETbb2 Turbidity WET Labs ECO BB 3 m 1 sr turbWETbb3 m 1 sr 3rd sensor turbWETbb3 Turbidity WET Labs ECO BB 4 m 1 sr _ turbWETbb4 m l sr 4th sensor turbWETbb4 Turbidity WET Labs ECO BB 5 m 1 sr turbWETbb5 m 1 sr 5th sensor turbWETbbdiff Turbidity WET Labs ECO BB Diff 2 1 turbWETbbdiff m 1 sr 2nd sensor Ist sensor m 1 sr turbWETntu0 Turbidity WET Labs ECO NTU turbWETntu NTU 1 sensor turbWETntul Turbidity WET Labs ECO 2 NTU turbWETntu2 NTU 2nd sensor turbWETntu2 Turbidity WET Labs ECO 3 NTU turbWETntu3 NTU 3rd sensor turbWETntu3 Turbidity WET Labs ECO 4 NTU turbWETntu4 NTU 4th sensor turbWETntu4 Turbidity WET L
3. Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments gsw_saAO Absolute Salinity g kg gsw_sa g kg 1 sensor gsw_saAl Absolute Salinity 2 g kg gsw_sa2 g kg 2nd sensor gsw_deltasaA0 Absolute Salinity Anomaly g kg gsw_deltasaA0 g kg 1 sensor gsw_deltasaA1 Absolute Salinity Anomaly 2 g kg gsw_deltasaA1 g kg 2nd sensor gsw_adlr0A adiabatic lapse rate K Pa gsw_adlr0A K Pa 1 sensor gsw_adirlA adiabatic lapse rate 2 K Pa gsw_adIrlA K Pa 2nd sensor gsw_ctA0 Conservative Temperature ITS 90 deg C gsw_ct ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor gsw_ctAl Conservative Temperature 2 ITS 90 deg C gsw_ct2 ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor gsw_ctfA0 Conservative Temperature Freezing ITS 90 deg C _ gsw_ctfA0 ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor gsw_ctfAl Conservative Temperature Freezing 2 ITS 90 deg C gsw_ctfA1 ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor gsw_densityA0 density TEOS 10 density kg m 3 gsw_densityA0 density kg m 3_ 1 sensor gsw_sigma0A0 density TEOS 10 sigma 0 kg m 3 gsw_sigma0A0 sigma 0 kg m 3 1 sensor gsw_sigmalA0O density TEOS 10 sigma 1 kg m 3 gsw_sigmalA0O sigma 1 kg m 3 1 sensor gsw_sigma2A0 density TEOS 10 sigma 2 kg m 3 gsw_sigma2A0 sigma 2 kg m 3 1 sensor gsw_sigma3A0 density TEOS 10 sigma 3 kg m 3 gsw_sigma3A0 sigma 3 kg m 3 1 sensor gsw_sigma4A0 density TEOS 10 sigma 4 kg m 3 gsw_sigma4A0 sigma 4 kg m 3 1 sensor gsw_densityA1 density TEOS 10 2 density kg m 3
4. 71 Secondary sea tech 1s6000 OBS nephelometer sensor serial number 72 Secondary sea tech 1s6000 OBS nephelometer sensor calibration date 73 Secondary sea tech 1s6000 OBS nephelometer gain slope offset 74 Secondary Chelsea Transmissometer sensor serial number 75 Secondary Chelsea Transmissometer calibration date 76 Secondary Chelsea Transmissometer M B path length 77 Altimeter serial number 78 Altimeter calibration date 79 WET Labs AC3 serial number 80 WET Labs AC3 calibration date 81 Surface PAR serial number 82 Surface PAR calibration date 83 SEACATplus temperature sensor serial number 84 SEACATplus temperature sensor calibration date 85 SEACATplus temperature sensor A0 Al A2 A3 slope offset 86 SEACATplus serial sensor scans to average mode 87 Pressure strain gauge with span TC serial number 88 Pressure strain gauge with span TC calibration date 89 Pressure strain gauge with span TC ptempA0 ptempAl ptempA2 pTCA0 pTCA1 PTCA2 90 Pressure strain gauge with span TC pTCBO pTCB1 pTCB2 pA0 pAl pA2 offset 91 SBE 38 temperature sensor serial number 92 SBE 38 temperature sensor calibration date 93 Turner SCUFA fluorometer serial number 94 Turner SCUFA fluorometer calibration date 95 Turner SCUFA fluorometer scale factor offset units mx my b 96 Turner SCUFA OBS serial number 97 Turner SCUFA OBS calibration date 98 Turner SCUFA OBS scale factor offset 99 WET Labs ECO AFL fluorometer serial numb
5. ser polynomial sensor serial number ser polynomial sensor calibration date ser polynomial 3 AO Al A2 A3 i CO GIGI G G a aqi aicia 83 Dr Haardt Chlorophyll fluorometer sensor serial number 84 Dr Haardt Chlorophyll fluorometer sensor calibration date 85 Dr Haardt Chlorophyll fluorometer AO Al BO Bl which modulo bit gain range switching 86 Dr Haardt Phycoerythrin fluorometer sensor serial number 87 Dr Haardt Phycoerythrin fluorometer sensor calibration date 88 Dr Haardt Phycoerythrin fluorometer AO Al BO Bl which modulo bit gain range switching 89 Dr Haardt Turbidity OBS nephelometer sensor serial number 90 Dr Haardt Turbidity OBS nephelometer sensor calibration date 91 Dr Haardt Turbidity OBS nephelometer A0 Al BO Bl which modulo bit gain range switching 92 IOW oxygen sensor serial number 93 IOW oxygen sensor calibration date 94 IOW oxygen AO Al A2 A3 BO B1 95 IOW sound velocity sensor serial number 96 IOW sound velocity sensor calibration date 97 IOW sound velocity AO Al A2 98 Biospherical natural fluorometer sensor serial number 99 Biospherical natural fluorometer sensor calibration date 100 Biospherical natural fluorometer Cfn Al A2 B 142 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Il Configure con or xmlcon File Format SBE Data Processin
6. ATG double ATG double s s 10 salinity A OS ab 1 8932e 6 used in potential temperature calculation double t double p adiabatic temperature gradient deg C per decibar ref broyden h Deep Sea Res 20 401 408 t temperature deg C ITPS 68 p pressure in decibars double ds ds B 35 0 return 2 1687e 16 t 1 8676e 14 5 4481le 14 t 8 733e 12 t ds 6 6228e 10 t 6 836e 8 t 4 6206e 13 p 2 7759e 12 t 1 1351le 6 7795e 10 t 1 8741le 8 p 4 2393e 8 t t 8 5258e 6 t 3 5803e 5 potential temperature double PoTemp double s s salinity double t0 double p0 double pr local potential temperature at pr using atg procedure for adiabadic lapse rate Fofonoff N Deep Sea Res 24 489 491 local temperature deg C ITPS 68 p0 local pressure in decibars to pr reference pressure in decibars Note You can also enter the user input parameters on the Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion or Derive as applicable double p po to pr k h 0 5 k 0 5 4 he h ATG s t p 0 29289322 xk q 0 58578644 xk 0 121320344 q k h ATG s t p 1 707106781 xk q 3 414213562 xk 4 121320344 q 0 5 h k h ATG s t temp to xk 2 return temp t h xk q temp pr G s t xk xX k xT O
7. No Pressure Sensor See reply from DS Used to determine strain gauge pressure sensor data format Firmware version Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to another type of NMEA position data added E Scan time added sensor All others are optional Select if using with deck unit connected to NMEA navigation Channel Sensor A ean he device Seasave adds current 1 Frequency Temperature CTD latitude longitude and universal time 2 1 oe O t lect diff t code to data header appends NMEA 2 Frequency Conductivity a en ii nd data to every scan and writes NMEA C image 7 aouo 3 A data to nav file every time Ctrl F7 is 3 A D voltage 0 User Polynomial save Save or Save As to save ae ara aa ETE current con or xmlcon pressed or Add to nav File is clicked 4 A D voltage 1 PAR Iradiance Biospherical Licor AG settings i Click a sensor and click Modify Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for that channel A dialog box with a to change calibration coefficients for that sensor list of sensors appears Select sensors after number of voltage channels have been specified above Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all Report Help parameters in con or xmlcon file For command line generation of report see Appendix Ill Generating con or xmlcon File Reports ConReport exe Cancel Return to SBE D
8. lt lt Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Example Time constant 0 5 second sample interval 1 24 second 1 a raos a Uag ee 1 24 B 1 2 0 5 24 A 0 92 1 24 Filter adds the following to the data file header Label Description Filter_date Date and time that module was run Filter_in Input cnv converted data file Filter_low_pass_tc_A Time constant for filter A Filter_low Pass_tc_B Time constant for filter B Filter_low_pass_A vars List of variables filtered with time constant A Filter low_pass_ B vars List of variables filtered with time constant B 101 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Loop Edit Loop Edit marks scans bad by setting the flag value associated with the scan to badflag in input cnv files that have pressure slowdowns or reversals typically caused by ship heave Optionally Loop Edit can also mark scans associated with an initial surface soak with badflag The badflag value is documented in the input cnv header Note Loop Edit operates on three successive scans to determine velocity This is Data Conversion calculates such a fine scale that noise in the pressure channel from counting jitter or other velocity with a 2 second unknown sources can cause Loop Edit to mark scans with badflag in error window e g 48 scans for an
9. SBE 19 Seacat CTD SBE 19plus Seacat CTD SBE 19plus 2 Seacat CTD SBE 21 Seacat Thermosalinograph SBE 25 Sealogger CTD SBE 25plus Sealogger CTD 10 SBE 37 Microcat SBE 45 MicroTSG Thermosalinograph 12 SBE 49 Fastcat CTD 13 SBE 911plus 917plus CTD 14 SBE Glider Payload CTD oon ouwrh Wh m e Before selecting the instrument review the status of Confirm Configuration Change in the Configure menu If Confirm Configuration Change is selected the program provides a prompt to save the configuration con or xmlcon file if you make changes and then click the Exit button in the Configuration dialog box without clicking Save or Save As If not selected the program changes the Exit button to Save amp Exit to exit without saving changes use the Cancel button 25 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Instrument Configuration SBE 9plus Configuration Channel Sensor table reflects this choice Voltage channel 0 in con or xmicon file corresponds to sensor wired to channel 0 on end cap connector voltage channel 1 to sensor wired to channel 1 on end cap connector etc Total voltage words is 4 each word contains data from two 12 bit A D channels Deck Unit and Searam suppress words above highest numbered voltage word used Words to suppress 4 Words to Keep Channel Sensor table reflects this choice Typically e
10. 1 ppb QS orp Oxidation Reduction Potential mV orp mV 164 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments sbeox0V Oxygen raw SBE 43 V sbeox V V 1 sensor sbeox0F Oxygen raw SBE 43 Hz sbeoxF Hz 1 sensor sbeox1V Oxygen raw SBE 43 2 V sbeox V2 V 2nd sensor sbeox1F Oxygen raw SBE 43 2 Hz sbeoxF2 Hz 2nd sensor sbeox0ML L Oxygen SBE 43 ml I sbeox ml l ml l 1 sensor sbeox0Mg L Oxygen SBE 43 mg l sbeox mg l mg l 1 sensor sbeox0PS Oxygen SBE 43 saturation sbeox S saturation 1 sensor sbeox0Mm Kg_ Oxygen SBE 43 umol kg sbeox mm kg umol kg 1 sensor sbeox0Mm L Oxygen SBE 43 umol 1 sbeoxMm L umol I 1 sensor sbeox0dOV dT_ Oxygen SBE 43 dov dt sbeox dov dt dov dt 1 sensor sbeox1ML L Oxygen SBE 43 2 ml l sbeox2 ml l ml l 2nd sensor sbeox1Mg L Oxygen SBE 43 2 mg l sbeox2 mg l mg l 2nd sensor sbeox1PS Oxygen SBE 43 2 saturation sbeox2 S saturation 2nd sensor sbeoxlMm Kg_ Oxygen SBE 43 2 umol kg sbeox2 mm kg umol kg 2nd sensor sbeox1Mm L Oxygen SBE 43 2 umol sbeoxMm L2 umol I 2nd sensor sbeoxldOV dT Oxygen SBE 43 2 dov dt sbeox2 dov dt dov dt 2nd sensor sbeox0ML Ldiff Oxygen SBE 43 Diff 2 1 ml 1 sbeox ml l diff ml l 2nd sen
11. 4 Cell Thermal Mass Perform conductivity cell thermal mass correction if salinity accuracy of better than 0 01 PSU is desired in regions with steep gradients 5 Derive EOS 80 Practical Salinity 6 Derive TEOS 10 Compute e Practical Salinity density and other parameters e oxygen optional Note that input file must include conductivity temperature and pressure optional Compute thermodynamic properties based TEOS 10 on TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity 7 Sea Plot Plot data 23 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure Module Name Module Description Define instrument configuration and Configure HR calibration coefficients Introduction Summary or in Seasave Configuration files con or xmlcon can also be opened viewed and modified with DisplayConFile exe a utility that is installed in the same folder as SBE Data Processing Right click on the desired configuration file select Open With and select DisplayConFile This utility is often used at Sea Bird to quickly open and view a configuration file for troubleshooting purposes without needing to go through the additional steps of selecting the file in SBE Data Processing or Seasave e Appendix II Configure con or xmicon File Format contains a line by line description of the contents of the configurati
12. Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Practical Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters EOS 80 and Auxiliary Sensor Data Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments accM Acceleration m s 2 acc M m s 2 accF Acceleration ft s 2 acc F ft s 2 altM Altimeter m alt M m altF Altimeter ft alt F ft avgsvCM Average Sound Velocity Chen Millero avgsv C M Chen Millero m s m s avgsvCF Average Sound Velocity Chen Millero ft s Javgsv C F Chen Millero ft s avgsvDM Average Sound Velocity Delgrosso m s _ avgsv D M Delgrosso m s avgsvDF Average Sound Velocity Delgrosso ft s avgsv D F Delgrosso ft s avgsvWM Average Sound Velocity Wilson m s avgsv W M Wilson m s avgsvWF Average Sound Velocity Wilson ft s avgsv W F Wilson ft s bat Beam Attenuation Chelsea Seatech 1 m bat 1 m Ist sensor batl Beam Attenuation Chelsea Seatech 2 1 m bat2 1 m 2nd sensor batdiff Beam Attenuation Chelsea Seatech WET batdiff 1 m 2nd sensor Ist sensor Labs CStar Diff 2 1 1 m wetBAttn Beam Attenuation WET Labs AC3 1 m _ wetBAttn 1 m CStarAtO Beam Attenuation WET Labs C Star 1 m CStarAt 1 m Ist sensor CStarAtl Beam Attenuation WET Labs C Star 2 CStarAt2 1 m 2nd sensor 1 m CStarAt2 Beam Attenuation WET Labs C Star 3 CStarAt3 1 m 3rd sensor l m CStarAt3 Bea
13. e L window length in scans always an odd number e n window index L 2 to L 2 with 0 the center point of the window w n set of window weights The window filtering process is similar for all filter types 1 Filter weights are calculated see the equations below 2 Filter weights are normalized to sum to 1 e When a bad data point is encountered scan marked with badflag if exclude scans marked bad was selected or data value marked with badflag the weights are renormalized excluding the filter element that would operate on the bad data point Boxcar Filter 1 L 1 L 1 wmn forn re L 2 2 Cosine Filter win 1 forn 0 L 1 L 1 w n cos a forn eel de L 1 2 2 Triangle Filter win 1 forn 0 n L 1 L 1 w n forn smell ove 2 2 L 1 where K 1 Gaussian Filter offset sec sample interval sec sample rate 2 scale log 2 xf 2x half width scans phase x phase x scale for n 0 phase w n e L 1 L 1 eel le 2 2 w n e n phase x scale for n The Gaussian window has parameters of halfwidth in scans and offset in time in addition to window length in scans These extra parameters allow data to be filtered and shifted in time in one operation Halfwidth determines the width of the Gaussian curve A window length of 9 and halfwidth of 4 produces a set of filter weights that fills the window A window
14. 4 Derive TEOS 10 optional Compute thermodynamic properties based TEOS 10 on TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity 5 Sea Plot Plot data 21 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences SBE Data Processing Processing SBE 37 SM SMP SMP IDO SMP ODO IM IMP IMP IDO IMP ODO SI SIP SIP IDO and SIP ODO Data with a hex data file and xmlcon configuration file Note SBE 37 SI and 37 SIP with firmware version 3 0 and later have internal memory follow the procedure described here to upload and process the data Earlier versions of the 37 SI and 37 SIP did not have internal memory SBE Data Processing cannot be used to process the real time data obtained with these older instruments Program Module Function 1 Seaterm232 Seaterm485 or SeatermIM all version 1 1 or later For SBE 37 without oxygen with firmware gt 3 0 and all IDO and ODO SBE 37 Use Upload menu to upload data in engineering units SeatermV2 uploads data as an XML xml file It automatically converts data to hex format and creates a configuration xmlcon file hex and xmlcon file 2 Data Conversion Convert raw data to a cnv file selecting ASCII as data conversion format Converted data includes e conductivity temperature and pressure e for IDO and ODO MicroCATs dissolved oxygen signal 3 Derive EOS 80 Practical Compute e Practical Salinity density and othe
15. Header View Bi e time seconds or hours Intype Pressure If pressure or depth is not included in input If selected a column containing number of TOA file it will not appear on list of bin types scans in each bin will be added to output data Bin size ja Bin size is range of data for each bin i e f pressure range scan number range etc Include number of scans per bin If selected data from scans marked with badflag in Loop Edit will not be used in Y Exclude scans marked bad calculating average Note that values marked Skip first n scans of data before with badflag by Wild Edit are never included beginning processing in calculating average Scans to skip over jo Cast to process Upcast and downcast Process downcast upcast or both If selected include surface bin applicable only if 7 Include eutlace bin averaging by pressure or depth Input e minimum and maximum values minimum and Surface bin minimum value ct maximum pressure or depth as applicable to be used in calculating surface bin Surface bin maximum value oO e value target value pressure or depth to be associated with averages Surface bin value o Note that surface bin minimum maximum and value do not affect minimum maximum and center of first or subsequent bins Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows E y Processing complete when done Start Process Tanai Return to SBE Data Processing window e
16. use SBE 11 series deck unit and or ALIGN CTD e Time t ClagsTby 0 073 seconds Typical Conductivity Alignment SBE 9plus For an SBE 9plus with TC ducted temperature and conductivity sensors and a 3000 rpm pump the typical lag of conductivity relative to temperature is 0 073 seconds The Deck Unit can be programmed to advance conductivity relative to pressure eliminating the need to run Align CTD Following is an example of determining the value to enter in Align CTD Example The SBE 11plus is factory set to advance the primary conductivity 1 75 scans at 24 Hz this is 1 75 24 0 073 seconds Advance conductivity relative to temperature in Align CTD 0 073 1 75 24 0 0 seconds enter 0 seconds for conductivity SBE 19plus or 19plus V2 For an SBE 19plus or 19plus V2 with a standard 2000 rpm pump do not advance conductivity SBE 19 not plus For an unpumped SBE 19 the conductivity measurement may lead or lag that of temperature because the flushing rate of the conductivity cell depends on drop speed If the SBE 19 is lowered very slowly lt 20 cm second typically from a fixed platform or ice conductivity lags temperature If the SBE 19 is lowered fast conductivity leads temperature Typical advances of conductivity relative to temperature range from 0 seconds at a lowering rate of 0 75 meters second to 0 6 seconds for 2 meters second if temperature was advanced 0 5 seconds these corr
17. 10 0 Vacetone offset where VB V1 and Vacetone are from calibration sheet Slope default 1 0 and offset default 0 0 adjust readings to conform to measured concentrations Scale factor SF 1 0 if CTD gain is 1 SF 2 if CTD gain is 2 0 V is output voltage measured by CTD Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometers Chelsea Aqua 3 Example Calculation of Slope and Offset Current slope 1 0 and offset 0 0 Two in situ samples Sample I Concentration from SBE Data Processing 0 390 from water sample 0 450 Sample 2 Concentration from SBE Data Processing 0 028 from water sample 0 020 Linear regression to this data yields slope 1 188 and offset 0 013 Chelsea Minitracka Enter Vacetone Vacetone100 and offset Concentration 100 V Vacetone Vacetone100 Vacetone offset where Vacetone voltage with 0 ug l chlorophyll and Vacetone100 voltage with 100 ug l chlorophyll are from calibration sheet Chelsea UV Aquatracka Enter A and B Concentration ug l A 10 0 Y B where A and B are from calibration sheet V is output voltage measured by CTD Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Chelsea UV Aquatracka fluorometers Dr Haardt Fluorometer Chlorophyll a Phycoerythrin or Yellow Substance Enter AO Al BO and B1 These instruments may have automatic s
18. 20 Wild Edit 104 Profiling CTDs 20 23 window 10 Window Filter 106 R Sea Plot 118 SeaCalc III 132 Reports Seafloor depth 150 con or xmlcon file 146 Seasoft Rosette Summary 78 file extensions 15 RS 232 sensors 69 file formats 15 programs 6 S Section 114 Sigma 1 149 Salinity 151 Sigma 2 149 Saturation 157 Sigma 4 149 SBE 16 21 28 Sigma t 149 SBE 1l6plus 21 29 Sigma theta 149 SBE l6plus V2 21 31 Software SBE 16plus IM 21 29 problems 147 SBE 16plus IM V2 21 31 Solubility 157 SBE 19 20 33 Sound velocity 55 152 SBE 19plus 20 35 average 153 SBE 19plus V2 20 37 Specific conductivity 155 SBE 21 21 39 Specific volume 149 SBE 25 20 41 Specific volume anomaly 149 SBE 25plus 20 43 Split 115 SBE 37 22 47 Strip 116 SBE 38 69 Summary 6 SBE 39 23 Surface PAR 158 SBE 39 IM 23 Suspended sediment 66 SBE 39plus 23 SBE 45 21 49 T SBE 48 23 SBE 49 20 50 Temperature 53 56 SBE 50 69 potential 154 SBE 63 69 TEOS 10 132 SBE 91 lplus 20 26 Thermosteric anomaly 149 SBE 917plus 26 Translate 117 SBE Data Processing Transmissometer 66 Align CTD 82 Troubleshooting 147 ASCH In 112 TS plot 118 ASCII Out 113 Turbidity 62 Bin Average 86 Bottle Summary 78 U Buoyancy 89 Cell Thermal Mass 91 Updates 9 Configure See Configure User polynomial 68 creating water bottle files 75 Data Conversion 72 yV De
19. 3000 0 adaptive pump control enabled If no pressure sensor is installed a line in the DS response provides user input reference pressure information if the pressure sensor is installed that line is missing as shown in the above example response This must match the pressure sensor enable disable in the xmlcon file 48 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 45 MicroTSG Configuration The SBE 45 transmits ASCII converted data in engineering units It converts the raw data internally to engineering units based on the programmed calibration coefficients See the SBE 45 manual Time between scans Must agree with SBE 45 setup Interval see reply from DS New New to create new con RS Ss SSS SS or xmlicon file for this MV Use junction box _ CTD Open to select different _ __ con or xmlcon file save Define data in SBE 45 data stream e Output conductivity Must Configuration file opened None agree with SBE 45 setup OutputCond Output salinity Must agree with SBE 45 setup i OutputSal MV Output conductivity Output sound velocity A Must agree with SBE 45 I Output salinity V SBE38 temperature added l l Sample interval seconds setup OutputSV _ Save or Save As to save See reply from DS for setup Output sound velocity V NMEA data added sac or xmicon programmed into SBE 45 SO al ile settings i i Open
20. 37 IMP ODO and 37 SIP ODO MicroCAT aid later Earlier versione of these Conductivity Temperature Optical Dissolved Oxygen optional pressure MicroCATs did not have internal Recorder memory and SBE Data e SBE 39 and 39 IM Temperature optional pressure Recorder Processing is not compatible with e SBE 39plus Temperature optional pressure Recorder real time MicroCAT data e SBE 45 MicroTSG Thermosalinograph ue Bea guia ae 48 e SBE 48 Hull Temperature Sensor support is limited see Processing SEBE 49 FastCAT CTD Sensor SBE 39 39 IM and 48 Data and e SBE Glider Payload CTD GPCTD Additionally SBE Data Processing supports many other sensors instruments interfacing with the instruments listed above including Sea Bird oxygen pH and ORP sensors SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler and SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler and assorted equipment from third party manufacturers Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 1 Introduction SBE Data Processing Software Modules SBE Data Processing includes the following modules Type Module Name Module Description instrument Define instrument configuration and configuration Configure at calibration coefficients See Section 4 Convert raw hex or dat data to Data engineering units and store converted D Conversion data in cnv file all data and or ros file ata water bottle data S aM Bottle Summarize data from water sampler ros l Summary
21. ASCII In Add header information to a asc file containing rows and columns of ASCII data ASCII Out Output data portion and or header portion from cnv converted data file to an ASCII file asc for data hdr for header Useful for exporting converted data for processing by other non Sea Bird software Section Extract rows of data from cnv converted data file Split Split data in cnv converted data file into upcast and downcast files Strip Extract columns of data from cnv converted data file Translate Convert data format in cnv converted data file from ASCII to binary or vice versa 111 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules SBE Data Processing ASCII In ASCII In adds a header to a asc file that contains rows of ASCII data The data can be separated by spaces commas or tabs or any combination of spaces commas and tabs The output file which contains both the header and the data is a cnv file ASCII In can be used to add a header to data that was generated by a non Seasoft program Note The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this ie ee eee ee File Options Help for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use Select whether interval between scans is based on time pressure or depth and indicate the interval value time pressure Sean interval value fos or depth between scans This information is put in hea
22. Bin size 3 db maximum surface bin 3 db Minimum first bin BinMin bin size bin size 2 5 db First bin Center target first bin Bin size 10 db bin size 10 db Maximum first bin BinMax bin size bin size 2 15 db Note that for this example the surface bin could have a maximum of up to 5 db the minimum value for the first bin The algorithms used for each type of averaging follow Pressure Bins no interpolation For each bin BinMin center value bin size 2 BinMax center value bin size 2 1 Add together valid data for scans with BinMin lt pressure lt BinMax Divide the sum by the number of valid data points to obtain the average and write the average to the output file Repeat Steps 1 through 2 for each variable 4 For the next bin compute the center value and repeat Steps through 3 U 87 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Pressure Bins with interpolation For each bin BinMin center value bin size 2 BinMax center value bin size 2 1 Add together valid data for scans with BinMin lt pressure lt BinMax 2 Divide the sum by the number of valid data points to obtain the average 3 Interpolate as follows and write the interpolated value to the output file P average pressure of previous bin X average value of variable in previous bin P average pressure of current bin X average value of var
23. GTD DualGTD must match Serial RS 232C sensor in con or xmlcon file Ext Volt 0 yes Ext Volt 1 yes Ext Volt 2 yes Ext Volt 3 yes Ext Volt 4 no Ext Volt 5 no Number of external voltage sensors enabled Volt0 through Volt3 must match External voltage channels in con or xmicon file echo characters yes output format raw Hex Output format must be set to raw Hex OutputFormat 0 to acquire data in Seasave 38 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 21 Thermosalinograph Configuration In July 2009 Sea Bird updated the SBE 21 electronics and firmware As a result there were some changes in capabilities and in commands e Firmware version lt 5 0 Depending on serial number these SBE 21s may be integrated with an SBE 38 remote temperature sensor if SBE 21 equipped with 4 pin remote temperature connector or an SBE 3 remote temperature sensor if SBE 21 equipped with 3 pin remote temperature connector e Firmware version gt 5 0 These SBE 21s are compatible with an SBE 38 remote temperature sensor and are not compatible with an SBE 3 remote temperature sensor Channel Sensor table reflects this choice Shows RS 232 channel if SBE 38 selected or additional frequency based temperature channel if SBE 3 selected Must agree with SBE 21 setup SBE38 and SBE3 see reply from DS If remote temperature is selected Seasave Data
24. Miscellaneous Header View Prior Next z Sea Bird SBE 9 Raw Data File FileName C CTDDATASDI10122 DAT Software Version 4 216 Temperature SN 2037 Conductivity SN 1562 Number of Bytes Per Scan 27 Number of Voltage Words 3 System UpLoad Time Jan 10 1996 16 09 21 latitude 56 00S longitude 173 00E x END Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes in the File Setup or Data Setup tab and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes made on the File Setup or Data Setup tab use Cancel button to exit 14 File Formats Notes e Configuration files con or xmlcon can also be opened viewed and modified with DisplayConFile exe a utility that is installed in the same folder as SBE Data Processing Right click on the desired configuration file select Open With and select DisplayConFile This utility is often used at Sea Bird to quickly open and view a configuration file for troubleshooting purposes without needing to go through the additional steps of selecting the file in SBE Data Processing or Seasave
25. PSU 1 is first occurrence in file of salinity calculated from secondary temperature and conductivity sensor data Make sure to select desired variable for plotting Es Sea Plot Beta 1 2a File Options Help File Setup Plot Setup Temperature Header View Variable Temperature ITS 90 Variable range is from 0 9556 to 11 7613 Select desired Line type color and symbol e Selection of color or monochrome plot and inclusion of symbols in plot is made on Plot Setup tab and ustom label applies to all axes Select to label axis with variable name as listed in drop down Variable list or enter a Custom label for axis vV Label axis with variable name If an overlay plot was selected on Plot Setup tab line type color and Line type Thin Solid gt symbol are grayed out select these for all files using Overlay Setup 3 button on Plot Setup tab Line Color E Line symbol 5 olid Circle P Scale type Linear Log Auto range Sea Plot selects AV Auto range Minimum 00000 Maximum 10 0000 axis Minimum and Maximum values number of Major V Auto divisions Major a Minor iS divisions on axis and number of Minor divisions between l Reverse scale direction major divisions Auto divisions Sea Plot selects number of major divisions on axis and number of minor divisions between major divisions User selects axis Minimum and Maximum values Any values that fall outside user selected Minimu
26. SI uA pressure and time remains unchanged for that variable See discussion below to Oxygen Beckman V SI m determine appropriate Ok alignment times for conductivity temperature and oxygen 82 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing O db Pressure Align CTD Conductivity and Temperature Temperature and conductivity are often misaligned with respect to pressure Shifting temperature and conductivity relative to pressure can compensate As shown in the figures indications of misalignment include e Depth mismatch between downcast and upcast data e Spikes in the calculated salinity which is dependent on temperature conductivity and pressure caused by misalignment of temperature and conductivity with each other The best diagnostic of proper alignment is the elimination of salinity spikes that coincide with very sharp temperature steps To determine the best alignment plot 10 meters of temperature and salinity data at a depth that contains a very sharp temperature step For the downcast when temperature and salinity decrease with increasing pressure e A negative salinity spike at the conductivity step means that conductivity leads temperature conductivity sensor sees step before temperature sensor does Advance conductivity relative to temperature a negative number of seconds e Conversely if the salinity spike is positive advance conductivi
27. To process data using a batch file 1 Run each software module entering the desired choices in the File Setup Note and Data Setup dialog boxes Upon completing setup press Save or Save For Sea Plot enter the desired As on the File Setup tab The configuration is stored in the Program Setup choices in the File Setup Plot File psa Setup and Axis Setup tabs 2 Create a batch file to process the data Following are two examples of typical batch files Example 1 Process Single File and Save All Intermediate Files The data file is c leg1 cast5 dat and the con file is c leg1 cast5 con 1 Set up each software module entering desired choices in Setup dialog boxes In the File Setup dialog boxes delete the output file name this allows program to base output file name on input file name and any appended text and set the output file path as c leg1 2 Create a batch file named prcast txt in c leg1 which contains Lines starting with are comment lines Comment lines have no effect on the result datenv ic leg1 1 dat cc leg1 l con a 2 wildedit ic leg1 1 2 cnv as1 filter ic leg1 1 2sl cnv as2 loopedit ic leg1 1 2s1s2 cnv as3 derive ic leg1 1 2s1s2s3 cnv cc leg1 l con as4 seaplot ic leg1 1 2s1s2s3s4 cnv Module names and options are separated by one or more spaces or tabs 3 Select Run in the Windows Start menu The Run dialog box appears 4 Type in the program name and parameters
28. We recommend that you do not open xmlicon files with a text editor i e Notepad Wordpad etc Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing File extensions are used by Seasoft to indicate the file type Extension Description afm Bottle sequence date and time firing confirmation and 5 scans of CTD data created by Auto Fire Module AFM or when used for autonomous operation SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler asc Data file e Data portion of cnv converted data file written in ASCII by ASCII Out e File written by Seaterm for data uploaded from SBE 37 firmware lt 3 0 39 39 IM or 48 Notes 1 Convert button on Seaterm s toolbar can convert asc file to cnv file that can be used by SBE Data Processing to process data 2 Not applicable to SBE 37 IDO or ODO MicroCATs e File written by SeatermV2 for data uploaded from SBE 39plus bl Bottle log information output bottle file containing bottle firing sequence number and position date time and beginning and ending scan numbers for each bottle closure Beginning and ending scan numbers correspond to approximately 1 5 second duration for each bottle Seasave writes information to file each time bottle fire confirmation is received from SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler or SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler or only when used with SBE 91 1plus G O 1016 Rosette File can be used by Data Conversion bmp Sea Plot output b
29. con or xmlcon File Format Modify a con or xmlcon configuration file by selecting the instrument in the Configure menu Configuration files con or xmlcon can also be opened viewed and modified with DisplayConFile exe a utility that is installed in the same folder as SBE Data Processing Right click on the desired configuration file select Open With and select DisplayConFile This utility is often used at Sea Bird to quickly open and view a configuration file for troubleshooting purposes without needing to go through the additional steps of selecting the file in SBE Data Processing or Seasave xmlicon Configuration File Format Note We recommend that you do not open xmlicon files with a text editor i e Notepad Wordpad etc xmicon configuration files written in XML format were introduced with SBE Data Processing and Seasave 7 20a A xmlcon file uses XML tags to describe each line in the file Versions 7 20a and later allow you to open a con or a xmlcon file and to save the configuration to a con or a xmlcon file Instruments introduced after 7 20a are compatible only with xmlcon files con Configuration File Format Shown below is a line by line description of a con configuration file contents which can be viewed in a text editor i e Notepad Wordpad etc L
30. gsw_densityA1 density kg m 3 2nd sensor gsw_sigma0A 1 density TEOS 10 2 sigma 0 kg m 3 gsw_sigma0A1 sigma 0 kg m 3 2nd sensor gsw_sigmalA1 density TEOS 10 2 sigma 1 kg m 3 gsw_sigmalAl sigma 1 kg m 3 2nd sensor gsw_sigma2A1 density TEOS 10 2 sigma 2 kg m 3 gsw_sigma2A1 sigma 2 kg m 3 2nd sensor gsw_sigma3A1 density TEOS 10 2 sigma 3 kg m 3 gsw_sigma3A1 sigma 3 kg m 3 2nd sensor gsw_sigma4A 1 density TEOS 10 2 sigma 4 kg m 3 gsw_sigma4A 1 sigma 4 kg m 3 2nd sensor gsw_dynenthAO dynamic enthalpy J kg gsw_dynenthAO J kg 1 sensor gsw_dynenthAl dynamic enthalpy 2 J kg gsw_dynenthAl J kg 2nd sensor gsw_enthalpyAO enthalpy J kg gsw_enthalpyAO J kg 1 sensor gsw_enthalpyAl _ enthalpy 2 J kg gsw_enthalpyAl J kg 2nd sensor gsw_entropyA0 entropy J kg K gsw_entropyA0O J kg K 1 sensor gsw_entropyAl entropy 2 J kg K gsw_entropyAl J kg K 2nd sensor gsw_gravA gravity m s 2 gsw_gravA m s 2 gsw_ieA0 internal energy J kg gsw_ieA0 J kg 1 sensor gsw_ieAl internal energy 2 J kg gsw_ieAl J kg 2nd sensor gsw_icA0 isentropic compressibility 1 Pa gsw_icA0 1 Pa 1 sensor gsw_icAl isentropic compressibility 2 1 Pa gsw_icAl 1 Pa 2nd sensor gsw_lheAO latent heat of evaporation J kg gsw_lheAO J kg 1 sensor gsw_lheAl latent heat of evaporation 2 J kg gsw_lheAl J kg 2nd sensor gsw_lhmA0O latent heat of melting J kg gsw_lhmA0O J kg 1 sensor gsw_lhmA1 latent heat of melting 2 J kg gsw_lhmA1 J kg 2
31. of Seasave from real time data stream from SBE 91 1plus File includes header information 15 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing Note Seatermv2 version 1 1 and later creates a hex file from data uploaded from an SBE 37 Earlier versions of SeatermV2 and all versions of Seaterm created a cnv file hdr Header recorded when acquiring real time data same as header information in data file or header portion of cnv converted data file written by ASCII Out Header information includes software version sensor serial numbers instrument configuration etc hex Jpg Data file e Hexadecimal raw data file created by Seasave from real time data stream from SBE 9plus Seasave gt 7 0 16 16plus l6plus V2 19 19plus 19plus V2 21 25 25plus or 49 e Data uploaded from memory of SBE 16 l6plus 16p us IM l6plus V2 16plus IM V2 17plus used with SBE 9plus CTD 19 19plus 19plus V2 21 25 or 37 e Converted engineering units data file created by Seasave from real time data stream from SBE 45 File includes header information Sea Plot output JPEG graphics file mrk Mark scan information output marker file containing sequential mark number system time and data for selected variables Information is written to file by Seasave when user clicks on Mark Scan during real time data acquisition to mark significant events in the cast File can be used
32. or Other anything else Source for Latitude Longitude data when NMEA data is not present Values entered below Text file txt gt tongtade fo Latitude Longitude Source for pressure data when pressure column is not present some moored instruments Value entered below C Text file txt Pressure decibars elect TEOS 10 Variables Note txt file must be in same directory as cny data file and must have same file name excluding extension Start Process 96 cova M anual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processin The Select TEOS 10 Variables dialog box looks like this Select TEOS 10 ariables Seq Variable Name unit Add a mm wilh e Add variable click blank field in Variable Name column click desired sensor in sensor list click Add Change variable click existing sensor in Variable Name column click desired sensor in sensor list click Change Insert variable click existing sensor below desired sequence in Variable Name column click desired Absolute Salinity g kg density TEOS 10 density kg m3 Change Delete Insert Huu Delete All sensor in sensor list click Insert internal energy J kg lt fF OK x Absolute Salinity g kg Absolute Salinity Anomaly g kg adiabatic lapse rate K Pa Conservative Temperature ITS 90 deg C Conservative Tem
33. pressure dbar 0 000 depth salt water m 0 000 Enter temperature in IPTS 68 or depth fresh water m 0 000 ITS 90 SeaCalc automatically emperature IPTS 68 degC 15 000000 density sigmact kg m 3 25 97275 computes other parameter density sigmertheta kg m3 25 97275 emperature ITS 90 degC 114 996401 density sigma ref p kg m 3 25 97275 potential temperature IPTS 68 deg C 15 00000 Enter conductivity or salinity SeaCalc Conductivity S m 1 4 291400 aate RM peas m a a erage 4 sound ve ocity Ison ms Ij gt automatically computes other parameter Practical Salinity PSU 3500000 aeaee Delgrosso m e 1506 67 specific volume anomaly 10 8 m 3 kg 1 202 271 i oxygen saturation Weiss ml 1 1 5 688 Used to compute sigma ref reference pressure dbar 0 00 gravity m s 2 9 780318 latitude de 0 0 z z 5 Hes Click to calculate derived variables Ext Hep Used to compute gravity and salt water depth 132 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 9 Miscellaneous Module SeaCalc Ill SBE Data Processing e The second tab calculates Absolute Salinity and associated parameters using TEOS 10 equations SeaCalc automatically populates this tab with Practical Salinity temperature ITS 90 deg C pressure reference pressure and latitude from the Practical Salinity tab and requires a Longitude entry EG SeaCalc III Jo xj EOS 80 Practical Salinity TEOS 10 Absolute Sa
34. t and p are the averaged values for salinity temperature and pressure calculated in Bin Average Use a least squares fit to compute the linear gradient dv dp in the buoyancy window 3 Compute N N E and 10 E N 1 0e rho_bar g a rad s 3600 N ont y N cycles hour 2 E rad m N E 10 ao 10 rad m Buoyancy adds the following to the data file header Label Description Buoyancy date Date and time that module was run Buoyancy_in Input cnv converted data file Gravity value input value or value based on input Buoyancy _vars latitude and buoyancy window size adjusted to provide a minimum of three scans and an odd number of scans 90 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Cell Thermal Mass Note Cell thermal mass corrections should not be applied to freshwater data It can give bad results due to the way the derivative dC dT is calculated in regions where conductivity changes are very small Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use Filter primary and or secondary conductivity values Cell Thermal Mass uses a recursive filter to remove conductivity cell thermal mass effects from the measured conductivity Typical values for alpha and 1 beta are Instrument alpha 1 beta SBE 9plus with T
35. temperature deg C ITPS 68 double R RT val int a7 if C lt 0 0 result 0 0 RP temp suml sum2 result else C 10 0 convert Siemens meter to mmhos cm T val C4 B2 EOP A T FOBI R FBA OR Y P Al 2 Ag E AB CAR T C20 T C3 T Ve O i lt 6 i temp pow RT double i 2 0 suml a i temp sum2 b i temp val 1 0 0 0162 if val result Ci La Ors suml sum2 T 15 0 val else result ee return result 151 4 464e 4 6 9698e 7 B3 compute salinity P pressure in decibars SBE Data Processin 4 215e 1 Manual revision 7 23 2 sound velocity m sec sound velocity can be calculated as Chen Millero DelGrosso or Wilson Sound velocity calculation C Computer Code Sound Velocity Chen and Millero double SndVelC double s s salinity t double double double c c0 double p sr p pO 10 0 if s lt 0 0 sr sqrt s d 1 727e 3 b1 7 3637e 5 b0 1 922e 2 b 0 4s pL Supr a3 3 389e 13 t 6 649e 12 a2 7 988e 12 t 1 6002e 10 al 22e 10 t a0 e 8 t 2 006e 6 a Fa RS rae Sad AE or E c3 3643e 12 t 3 8504e 10 C2 1 0405e 12 t 2 5335e 10 el 85e 10 t c0 64e 9 te i a0 a2 a3 bo a b ae bl cl d C25 E37 SV s 0 0 1 983 6e 6 p7 LT9AD SRT Ey 4 42e 5 t double t double p0 te
36. type is selected See below etup l Enabled if overlay plot type is selected See below Grid lines none horizontal and vertical horizontal or Font size Smal vertical Grid style solid dotted or dashed line and Inside Background Color whether to place Grid in front of plotted data defines color within axes Grid lines 2 r Outside Background Color Horizontal and Vertical Z oe ae defines color outside axes Grid style Thin Solid Line 7 J Gridin front frequent if Monochrome Size small medium or large of symbol for each variable if Monochrome plot or Plot symbols only selected e Monochrome plot Substitute Inside Background Color Outside Background Color ymbal size smal 7 Symbol frequency es plot selected If too frequent symbols create illusion of very thick line making details difficult to see Mark data points Mark individual data points with black lines with symbols for Monochrome plot Plot symbols only V Show line legends a dot and connect dots If colors Colors and symbols not selected Sea Plot just are defined on Axis setup tabs Mark data points Show plot shadow draws a continuous line for non overlay plots For overlay plots click Overlay between data points Show plot shadow Setup button to define Enables you to set up axes with colors for viewing on screen and then switch to Process Options Create shadow effect to bottom and right
37. 1 1970 only for SBE 45 timeQ Time NMEA seconds timeQ seconds From NMEA device Seconds since January 1 2000 everything but SBE 45 timeK Time Instrument seconds timeK seconds Seconds since January 1 2000 based on time stamp in 6plus V2 or 19plus V2 in moored mode timeJV2 Time Instrument julian days timeJV2 julian days Julian days based on time stamp in 16plus V2 or 19plus V2 in moored mode timeSCP Time Seacat plus julian days timeSCP julian days Julian days based on time stamp in 16plus or 19plus in moored mode Not applicable to V2 versions timeY Time System seconds timeY seconds Computer time seconds since January 1 1970 appended by Seasave V7 if Scan time added selected in configuration con or xmlcon file user User Defined Variable user 1 sensor user selects variable name for file imported to ASCII In user2 User Defined Variable 2 user2 2nd sensor user selects variable name for file imported to ASCII In user3 User Defined Variable 3 user3 3rd sensor user selects variable name for file imported to ASCII In user4 User Defined Variable 4 user4 4th sensor user selects variable name for file imported to ASCII In user5 User Defined Variable 5 user5 5th sensor user selects variable name for file imported to ASCII In 169 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing
38. 1 000040002 0 001500060 Sea Bird temperature sensors usually drift by changing offset typically resulting in higher temperature readings over time for sensors with serial number less than 1050 and lower temperature readings over time for sensors with serial number greater than 1050 Sea Bird s data indicates that the drift is smooth and uniform with time allowing users to make very accurate corrections based only on pre and post cruise laboratory calibrations Calibration checks at sea are advisable to ensure against sensor malfunction however data from reversing thermometers is rarely accurate enough to make calibration corrections that are better than those possible from shore based laboratory calibrations Sea Bird temperature sensors rarely exhibit span errors larger than 0 005 C over the range 5 to 35 C 0 005 C 35 5 C year 0 000125 C C year even after years of drift A span error that increases more than 0 0002 C C year may be a symptom of sensor malfunction 53 Manual revision 7 23 2 Note Use coefficients g h i j Ctcor and Cpcor if available on calibration sheet for most accurate results conductivity for older sensors was calculated based on a b c d m and Cpcor Note See Application Note 31 for computation of slope and offset correction coefficients from pre and post cruise calibrations supplied by Sea Bird or from salinity bottle samples taken at sea during profil
39. 3 table lists RS 232 sensors below voltage channels Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to another type of sensor All others are optional Sample interval seconds fio NMEA position data added Channel Sensor New T t New to create new con or 1 Count emperature Open leon file for this CTD 2 Frequency Conductivity Open to select different SEE r gt con or xmlcon file 3 Count Pressure Strain Gauge S ve Save or Save As to save current con or xmlicon file 4 4 0 voltage Oxygen SBE 43 BAD votage oH Temperature SBE 38 Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for that channel A dialog box with a list of sensors appears Select sensors bad after number of voltage channels have been specified above Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmlicon file For command line generation of report see Appendix III Generating con or xmicon File Reports ConReport exe Click a sensor and click Modify to change calibration coefficients for that sensor Modit Report Help Eg Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp
40. 485639620015e 5 S p 0 340597039004e 3 amp py sv c000 dct des dcp destp return sv q q q sound velocity Wilson double SndVelW double s 8s salinity t double t double p temperature deg C ITPS 68 wilson JASA p 1960 327 135 7 pressure in decibars v0 vl sv po D0 325 double pr sd a pr 0 1019716 sd o 25 0 a 7 985le 6 t 2 6045e 4 sv 7 771le 7 t 1 1244e 2 v0 1 69202e 3 sd sv sd a 4 5283e 8 t 7 4812e 6 sv 1 579e 9 t 3 158e 8 vl sv sd a a 1 8563e 9 t 2 5294e 7 1 2943e 7 sd a 1 9646e 10 t 3 5216e 9 3 3603e 12 pr a pr sy return sv t 4 4532e 2 t 1 39799 a t 1 8607e 4 7 7016e 5 Kitt AS 121 A ot 144914 t 0 16072 4 t t 1 0268e 5 er avd or vO 152 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinit SBE Data Processin Note You can also enter the user input parameters on the Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion or Derive as applicable gt Minimum specified pressure and salinity dj and V PD dj 9 App min average sound velocity ________ m s p p d Vi Appin Average sound velocity is the harmonic mean average from the surface to the current CTD depth and is calculated on the downcast only The first window begins when pressure i
41. 70 oxidation reduction potential 63 oxygen 55 64 PAR irradiance 65 pH 65 pressure 55 56 57 pressure FGP 65 RS 232 sensors 69 SBE 38 69 SBE 50 69 SBE 63 69 sound velocity 55 suspended sediment 66 temperature 53 56 transmissometer 66 user polynomial 68 voltage sensors 57 WET Labs C Star 69 WET Labs ECO 69 WET Labs WETStar 69 Zaps 68 Cell Thermal Mass 91 Command line operation 136 Command line options 134 Compatibility issues 147 Conductivity 54 specific 155 Configuration calibration coefficients 52 calibration coefficients RS 232 sensors 69 file 15 24 141 146 Manual revision 7 23 2 Index SBE Data Processing Configure 24 I calibration coefficients A D count sensors 56 calibration coefficients frequency sensors gt 53 Importing calibration coefficients 52 calibration coefficients voltage sensors 57 Installation 9 Glider Payload CTD 51 SBE 16 28 SBE 16plus 29 SBE 16plus V2 31 SBE 16plus IM 29 SBE 16plus IM V2 31 SBE 19 33 SBE 19plus 35 SBE 19plus V2 37 SBE 21 39 SBE 25 41 SBE 25plus 43 SBE 37 47 SBE 45 49 SBE 49 50 SBE 91 lplus 26 SBE 917plus 26 ConReport exe 146 Contour 118 Corrected irradiance 158 C Star 69 D Data Conversion 72 Data processing 18 Density 149 Depth 150 seafloor 150 Derive 93 Derive TEOS 10 96 Derived parameter formulas 148 Desc
42. Converted Data File cnv Format Converted files consist of a descriptive header followed by converted data in engineering units The header contains 1 Header information from the raw input data file these lines begin with 2 Header information describing the converted data file these lines begin with The descriptions include e number of rows and columns of data e variable for each column for example pressure temperature etc e interval between each row scan rate or bin size e historical record of processing steps used to create or modify file 3 ASCII string END to flag the end of the header information Converted data is stored in rows and columns of ASCII numbers 11 characters per value or as a binary data stream 4 byte binary floating point number for each value The last column is a flag field used to mark scans as bad in Loop Edit 17 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing Editing Raw Data Files Note See Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules and Section 7 File Manipulation Modules for converting the data to a cnv file and then editing the data Note Although we provide this technique for editing a raw hex file Sea Bird s strong recommendation as described above is to always convert the raw data file and then edit the converted file HF FF HF HF Sometimes users want to edit the raw hex dat or xml data file before begin
43. Cyclops Diff 2 1 rhodflTCdiff ppb 2nd sensor Ist sensor ppb wl0 RS 232 WET Labs raw counts 0 wl Counts 1 sensor wll RS 232 WET Labs raw counts 1 wl2 Counts 2nd sensor wl2 RS 232 WET Labs raw counts 2 wl3 Counts 3rd sensor w13 RS 232 WET Labs raw counts 3 wl4 Counts 4th sensor wl4 RS 232 WET Labs raw counts 4 wl5 Counts 5th sensor wl5 RS 232 WET Labs raw counts 5 wl6 Counts 6th sensor sal00 or sal Salinity Practical PSU sal PSU 1 sensor sall 1 Salinity Practical 2 PSU sal2 PSU 2nd sensor secS priS Salinity Practical Difference 2 1 PSU _ sal2 sall PSU 2nd sensor Ist sensor scan Scan Count scan nbin Scans Per Bin nbin Calculated in SBE Data Processing s Bin Average module sfdSM Seafloor depth salt water m sfdS M salt water m sfdSF Seafloor depth salt water ft sfdS F salt water ft sfdFM Seafloor depth fresh water m sfdF M fresh water m sfdFF Seafloor depth fresh water ft sfdF F fresh water ft svCM Sound Velocity Chen Millero m s svC M Chen Millero 1 sensor m s svCF Sound Velocity Chen Millero ft s svC F Chen Millero 1 sensor ft s svDM Sound Velocity Delgrosso m s svD M Delgrosso m s 1 sensor svDF Sound Velocity Delgrosso ft s svD F Delgrosso ft s 1 sensor svWM Sound Velocity Wilson m s svW M Wilson m s 1 sensor svWF Sound Velocity Wilson ft s svW F Wilson ft s 1 sensor 167 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data P
44. Data Conversion Derive Sea Plot SeaCalc III EOS 80 Practical Salinity tab and Seasave are identical except as noted in this section and are based on EOS 80 equations Practical Salinity Calculation of Absolute Salinity and associated parameters TEOS 10 is available in Derive TEOS 10 and SeaCalc III TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity tab Once they are calculated in Derive TEOS 10 they can be plotted in Sea Plot See Section 6 Data Processing Modules and Section 9 Miscellaneous Module SeaCalec III For formulas for the calculation of conductivity temperature and pressure see the calibration sheets for your instrument Formulas for the computation of salinity density potential temperature specific volume anomaly and sound velocity were obtained from Algorithms for computation of fundamental properties of seawater by N P Fofonoff and R C Millard Jr Unesco technical papers in marine science 44 1983 e Temperature used for calculating derived variables is IPTS 68 except as noted Following the recommendation of JPOTS Teg is assumed to be 1 00024 To 2 to 35 C e Salinity is PSS 78 Practical Salinity see Application Note 14 1978 Practical Salinity Scale By definition PSS 78 is valid only in the range of 2 to 42 psu Sea Bird uses the PSS 78 algorithm in our software without regard to those limitations on the valid range Unesco technical papers in marine science 62 Salinity and density of seaw
45. Data Processing creates this as a temporary file to save it to document your settings select Save and exit and enter desired file name and location Alternatively create file by running ConReport exe e File written by Seaterm232 for data uploaded from SBE 25plus containing data from serial sensors 16 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing wmf Sea Plot output Windows metafile graphics file e Sensor calibration coefficient file This file can be exported and or imported from the dialog box for a sensor This allows you to move a sensor from one instrument to another and update the instrument s con or xmlcon file while eliminating need for typing or resulting possibility of typographical errors e File written by Seaterm232 Seaterm485 or SeatermIM for data uploaded from all SBE 37 IDO and ODOs and other SBE 37s with firmware version 3 0 and later Note Seaterm232 Seaterm485 and SeatermIM all version 1 1 and Note later automatically convert xml file to hex file that can be Seatermv2 version 1 1 and later used by SBE Data Processing to process data panie may cue pe a e 4 e File written by Seaterm232 or SeatermUSB for data uploaded from SBE 39plus SBE 37 Earlier versions of i SeatermV2 and all versions of e File written by Seaterm232 for data uploaded from SBE Seaterm created a cnv file 25plus xmlcon See con extension above xml
46. Data Conversion adds the following to the data file header for a cnv converted data file Label Description Number of columns fields of converted data Note Data Conversion automatically adds 1 field to number Nquan selected by user i e if user selects 3 variables to convert then nquan 4 This added field initially set to 0 is used by Loop Edit to mark bad scans Notes Nvalues Number of scans converted Specified indicates units are specified separately for each e Each SBE Data Processing Units variable PAREAN a ay Name n Sensor and units associated with data in column n header and updates nquan Span n Span highest lowest value of data in column n nvalues name n span n Interval Scan rate seconds interval and file_type as Start_time Data start time applicable zi Bad fl For information only value that Loop Edit and Wild Edit Calibration coefficients were ad_tag will use to mark bad scans and bad data values added to Sele header p a S niors RERE TE F PO and calibration date and cnv Tile and tor a ros water gt bottle file in SBE Data Datcny date Date and time that module was run Also shows how many Processing version 7 19 columns of data output not including flag column Input hex or dat data file and con or xmlcon Dat i i SS atenv_in configuration file Datcnv_skipover Number of scans to skip over in processing Datcnv_ox_ Whether hystere
47. Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 29 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm for a 16plus with standard RS 232 interface that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 16p us with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE 16plus V 1 6e SERIAL NO 4300 03 Mar 2005 14 11 48 vbatt 10 3 vlith 8 5 ioper 62 5 ma ipump 21 6 ma iext0Ol 76 2 ma iserial 48 2 ma status not logging sample interval 10 seconds number of measurements per sample 2 Sample interval SampleInterval must match Sample interval seconds in con or xmlcon file samples 823 free 465210 run pump during sample delay before sampling 2 0 seconds transmit real time yes Real time data transmission must be enabled TxRealTime Y to acquire data in Seasave battery cutoff 7 5 volts pressure sensor strain gauge range 1000 0 Internal pressure sensor PType must match Pressure sensor type in con or xmicon file SBE 38 yes SBE 50 no Gas Tension Device no Selection enabling of RS 232 sensors SBE38 SBE50 GTD DualGTD must
48. Organic Matter Enter Dark Output and scale factor Concentration ppb V Dark Output Scale Factor where V in situ voltage output Dark Output clean water voltage output with black tape on detector Scale Factor multiplier ppb Volt Calibration sheet lists Dark Output and Vcdom voltage output measured with known concentration of colored dissolved organic matter Determine an initial scale factor value by using colored dissolved organic matter concentration corresponding to Vedom scale factor cdom concentration Vcdom Dark Output Perform calibrations using seawater with CDOM types similar to what is expected in situ Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to six ECO CDOM sensors WET Labs WETStar Enter Blank Output and Scale Factor Concentration units V Blank Output Scale Factor where V in situ voltage output Blank Output clean water blank voltage output Scale Factor multiplier units Volt The calibration sheet lists either gt Blank Output and Scale Factor OR gt Vblank old terminology for Blank Output and Scale Factor OR gt Vblank old terminology for Blank Output and Vcopro voltage output measured with known concentration of coproporphyrin tetramethyl ester Determine an initial value for the scale factor by using the chlorophyll concentration corresponding to Vcopro scale factor chlorophyll concentration Vcopro Vbl
49. Outside of those ranges the software returns a value of 99 for Oxsol As implemented in Sea Bird software the Weiss equation is valid for 2 lt T lt 40 and 0 lt S lt 42 Outside of those ranges the software returns a value of 99 for Oxsat Note The nitrogen saturation equation is based on work from Weiss 1970 SBE Data Processin Oxygen saturation is the theoretical saturation limit of the water at the local temperature and salinity value but with local pressure reset to zero 1 atmosphere This calculation represents what the local parcel of water could have absorbed from the atmosphere when it was last at the surface p 0 but at the same T S value Oxygen saturation can be calculated as Garcia and Gordon or Weiss Garcia and Gordon Oxsol T S exp A0 A1 Ts A2 Ts A3 Ts A4 Ts 4 A5 Ts S BO B1 Ts B2 Ts B3 Ts CO S 7 where e Oxsol T S oxygen saturation value ml I e S salinity psu e T water temperature ITS 90 C e Ts In 298 15 T 273 15 T e A0 2 00907 Al 3 22014 A2 4 0501 A3 4 94457 A4 0 256847 A5 3 88767 e BO 0 00624523 B1 0 00737614 B2 0 010341 B3 0 00817083 e C0 0 000000488682 Weiss Oxsat T S exp A1 A2 100 T A3 In T 100 A4 T 100 S B1 B2 T 100 B3 T 100 where e Oxsat T S oxygen saturation value m1 1 e S salinit
50. Primary OBS Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter gain scale 51 Secondary OBS Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor serial number 52 Secondary OBS Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor calibration date 53 Secondary OBS Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter gain scale 54 Fluorometer Dr Haardt Yellow Substance sensor serial number 55 Fluorometer Dr Haardt Yellow Substance sensor calibration date 56 Fluorometer Dr Haardt Yellow Substance AO Al BO Bl which modulo bit gain range switching 57 Fluorometer Chelsea Minitraka serial number 58 Fluorometer Chelsea Minitraka calibration date 59 Fluorometer Chelsea Minitraka vacetone vacetonel00 offset 60 Seapoint fluorometer serial number 61 Seapoint fluorometer calibration date 62 Seapoint fluorometer gain offset 63 Primary Oxygen SBE 43 serial number 64 Primary Oxygen SBE 43 calibration date 65 Primary Oxygen SBE 43 Soc Tcor offset 66 Primary Oxygen SBE 43 Pcor Tau Boc 67 Secondary Oxygen SBE 43 serial number 68 Secondary Oxygen SBE 43 calibration date 69 Secondary Oxygen SBE 43 Soc Tcor offset 70 Secondary Oxygen SBE 43 Pcor Tau Boc 143 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Il Configure con or xmlcon File Format SBE Data Processin
51. Setup tab and Header View tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use e if used Values for longitude latitude and pressure in txt files are not limited to the number of digits shown in the examples txt file format is comment line starts with two Longitude xxx xx Latitude xxx xx txt file format is comment line starts with two Pressure XXXXX XX Select variables to be calculated see below Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Derive TEOS 10 uses temperature conductivity or salinity Practical EOS 80 pressure latitude and longitude to compute the following thermodynamic parameters using TEOS 10 equations Absolute Salinity Absolute Salinity Anomaly adiabatic lapse rate Conservative Temperature Conservative Temperature freezing density dynamic enthalpy enthalpy entropy gravity internal energy isentropic compressibility latent head of evaporation latent heat of melting potential temperature Preformed Salinity Reference Salinity saline contraction coefficient sound speed specific volume specific volume anomaly temperature freezing thermal expansion coefficient The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this ZE Derive TEOS 10 File Options Help File Setup Data Setup Header View Other bes Instrument type Select instrument SBE 21 or SBE 45 Thermosalinograph
52. The Miscellaneous tab in the Data Conversion dialog box looks like this 5 Data Conversion File Options Help File Setup Data Setup Miscellaneous Header View Note Values for these parameters can be changed on the Miscellaneous tab or by double clicking on the output Depth and Average Sound Velocity variable in the Select Output Latitude when NMEA is not available f0 Variables dialog box above changes made in one location are Average Sound Velocity r Plume Anomaly automatically made in the other Minimum pressure db 20 Theta B 0 location Minimum salinity psu 20 Salinity B D Pressure window size db 20 Theta Z Salinity Z 0 Time window size s 60 Reference pressure db 0 Potential Temperature Anomaly A0 ig Al fo A1 Multiplier Salinity lt Oxygen selections apply to Oxygen SBE 43 and Beckman YSI window size s 2 sensors They do not apply 17 ApowT to SBE 63 or Aanderaa ppv ononon Oxygen Optode jv Apply hysteresis correction to SBE 43 when Sea Bird equation selected in instrument configuration file This tab configures miscellaneous data for calculations Note Values entered only affect indicated calculations Descent and Acceleration Window size s q Set to Defaults Start Process The Miscellaneous tab defines parameters required for output of specific variables depth average sound velocity plume anomaly potential temperature anomaly oxygen descent rate and acceleration Ent
53. The format editor for the sn file is Bottle position serial number with a comma separating the two fields Note 78 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processin The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar amp amp Bottle Summary File Options Help for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use File Setup Data Setup Header View Output min max values folaveraged variables Select input variables to be averaged Mean and Select Averaged Variables standard deviation will be calculated and output for each bottle e If Output min max values for averaged variables is selected minimum and maximum values will also be output for each bottle Ignored if not computing oxygen in derived Select Derived Variables variables Tau correction tau T P 5V 8t in SBE 43 or tau doc dt in SBE 13 or 23 improves 3 response of measured signal in regions of large Apply Tau correction Select variables to derive from input data Derived oxygen gradients However this term also variables are computed from mean values of input amplifies residual noise in signal especially in variables temperature conductivity pressure etc deep water and in some situations this for each bottle negative consequence overshadows gains in e Oxygen can be derived if oxygen data oxygen signal
54. Y0 A0 Y0 Al Y1 B M Y1 AO factory voltage output in air manufacturer factory calibration A1 current most recent voltage output in air Y0 factory dark or zero blocked path voltage manufacturer factory calibration Y 1 current most recent dark or zero blocked path voltage WO0 factory voltage output in pure water manufacturer factory calibration Tw transmission in pure water for transmission relative to water Tw 100 or for transmission relative to air Tw is defined by table below complete description of computation of M and B Tw Transmission in Pure Water relative to AIR Wavelength 10 cm Path Length 25 cm Path Length 488 nm blue 99 8 99 6 532 nm green 99 5 98 8 660 nm red 96 0 96 4 90 2 91 3 Transmissometer Example from calibration sheet A0 4 743 V Y0 0 002 V W0 4 565 Volts Tw 100 for transmission relative to water from current calibration Al 4 719 volts and Y1 0 006 volts M 22 046 B 0 132 Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two transmissometers in any combination of Sea Tech and Chelsea Alphatracka 66 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin WET Labs AC3 This sensor requires two channels one for fluorometer voltage listed under fluorometers in the dialog box and the other for transmissometer volt
55. and acceleration with respect to time using a linear regression to determine the slope Seasave and Data Conversion compute the derivative looking backward in time since they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values while acquiring data in real time Derive uses a centered window equal number of points before and after the scan time window size is user input to obtain a better estimate of the derivative Use Seasave and Data Conversion to obtain a quick look at oxygen descent rate and acceleration use Derive to obtain the most accurate values e Foran SBE 21 or 45 with a remote temperature sensor Seasave Data Conversion Derive and Derive TEOS 10 all use the remote temperature data when calculating density and sound velocity 76 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processing Data Conversion has the following x parameters when run from the Command Line Options dialog box from the command line or with batch file processing x Parameter Description xdatcnv skipN N number of scans to skip For SBE 91 1p us do not output scans if pump status off Disable matching of header information to con or xmlcon xdatcnv nomatch configuration file program continues to run even if there is a discrepancy in header information See Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing for details on using parameters xdatcnv pump
56. as shown sbebatch c leg1 preast txt cast5 testl batch filename is c leg1 preast1 txt parameter 1 is cast5 parameter 2 is test1 5 The data is processed as follows all input and output files are in c leg1 Module Input File s Output File Data Conversion cast5 dat cast5testl cnv datcnv cast5 con Wild Edit wildedit cast5testl cnv castStest1s1 cnv Filter filter castStest1s1 cnv cast5testls1s2 cnv Loop Edit loopedit cast5test1s1s2 cnv cast5test1s1s2s3 cnv Derive derive cast5testls1s2s3 cnv cast5 con cast5testls1s2s3s4 cnv Sea Plot seaplot cast5testls1s2s3s4 cnv cast5testl1s1s2s3s4 jpg if File Setup tab was set to output to jpeg 139 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation amp Batch File Processing SBE Data Processing Example 2 Process Several Files and Overwrite All Intermediate Files Process all data files in c leg1 The data files are c leg1 cast1 dat and c leg1 cast2 dat and the con file is c leg1 cast con 1 Set up each software module entering desired choices in Setup dialog boxes In the File Setup dialog boxes delete the output file name this allows program to base output file name on input file name and any appended text Set the output file path as c leg1 2 Create a batch file named prallcasts txt in c leg1 which contains Lines starting with are comment lines Comment lines have
57. by Mark Scan psa File containing input file name and data path output data path and module specific parameters used by SBE Data Processing Primary psa file default location if available is LOCALAPPDATA Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 Example c Users dbresko AppData Local Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 DatCnv psa Secondary psa file default location is APPDATA Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 Example c Documents and Settings dbresko SEABIRD Application Data Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 DatCnv psa PostProcSuite ini contains a list of paths and file names for recently used psa files To view list click File in module dialog box and select Recent Setup Files Primary PostProcSuite ini file default location if available is LOCALAPPDATA Sea Bird IniFiles Example c Users dbresko A ppData Local Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini Secondary PostProcSuite ini file default location is Y APPDATA Sea Bird IniFiles Example c Documents and Settings dbresko SEABIRD Application Data Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini File containing data for each scan associated with a bottle closure as well as data for a user selected range of scans before and after each closure created by Data Conversion txt e Easy to read file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmlcon file Created by clicking Report in Configuration dialog box SBE
58. celltm alpha 0 03 celltm tau 7 0 real time temperature and conductivity correction disabled 50 Section 4 Configurin SBE Glider P Manual revision 7 23 2 Configuration file opened None Select if GPCTD is integrated with optional SBE 43F Dissolved Oxygen sensor Must agree with GPCTD setup OxygenInstalled see reply from DS Sample interval seconds V Oxygen sensor Channel 4 Frequency Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmlicon file For command line generation of report see Appendix Ill Generating con or xmicon File Reports ConReport exe Configuration for the SBE Glider Payload CID 1 Count Temperature 2 Frequency Conductivity 3 Count Pressure Strain Gauge Oxygen SBE 43F Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin ayload CTD Configuration Number of seconds between samples Must agree with GPCTD setup Interval see reply from DS New to create new xmicon file for this CTD Open to select different xmicon file Save or Save As to save current xmlcon file settings Sensor New Save As Click a sensor and click Modify to change calibration coefficients for that sensor Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As progra
59. characters placed in each row of column inserted before first column of data xascii_out first_ column_value string xascii_out label_ format mon day yr_ hh mm mon day yr is heading for date column hh mm is heading for time column See Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing for details on using parameters ASCII Out does not add anything to the data file header The output header hdr file contains the header from the input cnv file 113 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules SBE Data Processing Section Section extracts rows of data from the input cnv file based on a pressure range or scan number range and writes the rows to an output cnv file Note The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar EE Section Big for all modules see Section 2 Ee File Options He Installation and Use era Hep File Setup Data Setup Header View Section based on a pressure range or a scan range Select Upcast or Downcast if P centan section is based on pressure icine es Downcast F Minimum value Section writes to output file all rows Maximum value of data that fall within this range of pressure or scan number Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As
60. click on SeasoftV2_date exe where date is the date the software release was created 3 Follow the dialog box directions to install the software The default location for the software is c Program Files Sea Bird Within that folder is a sub directory for each program The installation program allows you to install the desired components Install all the components or just install SBE Data Processing Note that the following additional software is installed with SBE Data Processing in the same directory as SBE Data Processing e StripNullChars exe This program removes null characters from an uploaded SBE 25plus data file the file can then be processed in SBE Data Processing s Data Conversion module gt Run StripNullChars exe from a DOS window following instructions provided in the software gt Note that the null characters in the file also prevent uploading of the data from the SBE 25plus via RS 232 You must open the 25p us and upload via the internal USB connector e NMEATest exe This program simulates a NMEA navigation device see the manual for your deck unit SBE 1 1plus 33 or 36 Deck Unit e phFit exe This program calculates a new offset and slope for a pH sensor see Application Note 18 1 www seabird com application_notes AN18_1 htm Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing Getting Started SBE Data Processing Window To start SBE Data Processing Note e Double
61. coefficients for that sensor Rgport Help Et Cancel Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot Return to SBE Data Processing window be modified that shows all parameters in e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made con or xmlcon file For command line changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes generation of report see Appendix III e If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Generating con or xmicon File Reports Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit ConReport exe 31 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in a terminal program for a 16plus V2 with standard RS 232 interface that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in the terminal program to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 16plus V2 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE 16plus V 2 0 SERIAL NO 6001 24 Oct 2007 14 11 48 vbatt 10 3 vlith 8 5 ioper 62 5 ma ipump 21 6 ma iext01 76 2 ma iserial 48 2 ma status not logging samples 0 fr 3463060 sample interval 10 seconds number of measurem
62. dat File Options Help Directory and file name for instrument configuration con or xmlcon file which defines instrument configuration and sensor calibration coefficients This file is used in Data Conversion Bottle Summary and Derive Select to pick a different file or Modify to view and or modify instrument configuration Directory and file names for input data Select to pick a different file To process multiple data files from same directory 1 Click Select 2 In Select dialog box hold down Ctrl key while clicking on each desired file If multiple files are selected header in each file must contain same set of sensors and variables Click Start Process to begin processing data Status field shows Processing complete when done and this option is selected program searches for test xmlcon in same directory as test dat if it does not find test xmlcon it searches for ous Header View ieee con File Setup Data Setup Miscella Program setup file Also select if more than 1 data file is to be processed and data files have different K data Debbie D atCny psa configuration files For example if processing test dat and test1 dat and this option is oen se Restore selected program searches for test xmlcon and test1 xmlcon in same directory as test dat Instrument configuration file and test1 dat if it does not find xmlcon files it searches for con
63. f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 86 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Bin Average Formulas Note The center value of the first not surface bin is set equal to the bin size The If Excl ude Scans Mar ked bad is surface bin if included cannot overlap the first bin selected in the dialog box data from scans marked with badflag in Loop Edit are not used in calculatin average Values marked with padig Example pressure bin surface bin not included calculating the average If the surface 0 db number of points included in the average is 0 all data and or scans in the bin are marked with badflag the average value is set to badflag Minimum first bin BinMin bin size bin size 2 5 db First bin Center target first bin Bin size 10 db bin size 10 db Maximum first bin BinMax bin size bin size 2 15 db Example pressure bin surface bin included Bin size is 10 db Surface bin is included and surface bin parameters are 0 db minimum 3 db maximum and 0 db value The bins are defined as follows minimum surface bin 0 db target surface bin 0 db Surface bin
64. file Absolute Salinity gsw_sa_from_sp Absolute Salinity Anomaly gsw_deltasa_from_sp adiabatic lapse rate gsw_adiabatic lapse_rate_from_ct Conservative Temperature gsw_ct_ from t Conservative Temperature freezing gsw_ct_freezing density TEOS 10 gsw_rho use gsw_rho with reference pressure for the sigmas dynamic enthalpy gsw_dynamic_enthalpy enthalpy gsw_ enthalpy entropy gsw_entropy_ from t gravity gsw_grav internal energy gsw_internal energy isentropic compressibility gsw_kappa latent heat of evaporation gsw_latentheat_evap_ ct latent heat of melting gsw_latentheat_melting potential temperature gsw_pt0 from t Preformed Salinity gsw_sstar_from_sa Reference Salinity gsw_sr_from_sp saline contraction coefficient gsw_beta sound speed gsw_sound speed specific volume gsw_specvol specific volume anomaly gsw_specvol anom temperature freezing gsw_t_ freezing thermal expansion coefficient gsw_alpha 98 M Filter anual revision 7 23 2 Filtered Data XS r N Original AE Data Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processin Filter runs a low pass filter on one or more columns of data A low pass filter smoothes high frequency rapidly changing data To produce zero phase no time shift the filter is first run forward through the data and then run backward through the forward filtered data This removes any delays caused by the filter Pressure data is typically filtered with a time con
65. file storing results in btl file Mark Scan Create bsr bottle scan range file from mrk data file Align CTD Align data typically conductivity temperature oxygen relative to pressure Bin Average Average data basing bins on pressure depth scan number or time range Biovaae Compute Brunt Vaisala buoyancy and Meee stability frequency Cell Thermal Perform conductivity thermal Mass mass correction Data Calculate salinity density sound processing Derive velocity oxygen etc based on EOS 80 Performed on Practical Salinity equations converted data Derive Calculate salinity density sound from a env file TEOS 10 velocity etc based on TEOS 10 See Section 6 Absolute Salinity equations Filter Low pass filter columns of data Mark scan with badflag if scan fails Loop Edit pressure reversal or minimum velocity test Wild Edit Mark data value with badflag to eliminate wild points Window Filter Filter data with triangle cosine boxcar Gaussian or median window Add header information to asc file ASHT containing ASCII data Output data and or header from cnv file to ASCII file asc for data hdr for Fil ASCH ont header Used to export converted data ey lati for processing by non Sea Bird software ee aton Section Extract data rows from cnv file See Section 7 Split Split data in cnv file into upcast and P downcast files Strip Extract data columns from cnv file Convert data in cnv file from ASCII to Tran
66. is in Profiling mode If your SBE 19 is in Moored Mode you must treat it like an SBE 16 when setting up the con or xmlcon file select the SBE 16 Configuration for the SBE 19 Seacat CTD x Rak Strain gauge or Digiquartz with Configuration fle opened None temperature compensation Channel Sensor table reflects this choice Must agree with SBE 19 setup for SVn n 0 2 or 4 see reply from DS Voltage channel 0 in Pressure sensor tune Strain G auge con or xmlcon file corresponds to sensor wired to channel 0 on end cap connector See reply from DS Used to determine strain voltage channel 1 corresponds to sensor wired Entemal voltage channels f gauge pressure sensor data format to channel 1 on end cap connector etc Firmware version Verion T Number of 0 5 second intervals l between samples Must agree with SBE 19 setup SR see reply from DS 0 5 second intervals i e NMEA Select if NMEA navigation device used and if NMEA depth data and NMEA time M NMEA position data added NMEA depth data added data were also appended Seasave adds current latitude longitude and universal time ry A code to data header appends NMEA datato NMEA device connected to deck unt F NMEA tme added Shaded s nsors every scan and writes NMEA data to nav file cannot be e F7 is pressed or Add to nav NMEA device connected to PC NEE or Note Whether NMEA device was connected to another type of a deck unit or di
67. ml l n2satMg L Nitrogen Saturation mg l N2sat mg l mg l n2satumol kg Nitrogen Saturation umol kg N2sat umol kg umol kg obs OBS Backscatterance D amp A NTU obs NTU 1 sensor obs1 OBS Backscatterance D amp A 2 NTU obs2 NTU 2nd sensor obsdiff OBS Backscatterance D amp A Diff 2 1 obsdiff NTU 2nd sensor Ist sensor NTU nephc OBS Chelsea Nephelometer FTU nephc FTU obs3 OBS D amp A 3plus NTU obs3 NTU D amp A OBS 3 1 sensor obs3 1 OBS D amp A 3plus 2 NTU obs3 2 NTU D amp A OBS 3 2nd sensor obs3 diff OBS D amp A 3plus Diff 2 1 NTU obs3 diff NTU D amp A OBS 3 2nd sensor Ist sensor haardtT OBS Dr Haardt Turbidity haardtT diff OBS IFREMER diff stLs6000 OBS Seatech LS6000 stLs6000 Sea Tech LS6000 or WET Labs LBSS 1 sensor stLs60001 OBS Seatech LS6000 2 stLs60002 Sea Tech LS6000 or WET Labs LBSS 2nd sensor stLs6000diff OBS Seatech LS6000 Diff 2 1 stLs6000diff Sea Tech LS6000 or WET Labs LBSS 2nd sensor Ist sensor obsscufa OBS Turner SCUFA NTU obsscufa NTU 1 sensor obsscufal OBS Turner SCUFA 2 NTU obsscufa2 NTU 2nd sensor obsscufadiff OBS Turner SCUFA Diff 2 1 NTU obsscufadiff NTU 2nd sensor 1st sensor obrflTCO Optical Brighteners Turner Cyclops ppb obrfITC ppb QS 1 sensor QS obrflTC1 Optical Brighteners Turner Cyclops 2 ppb obrflTC2 ppb QS 2nd sensor QS obrflTCdiff Optical Brighteners Turner Cyclops Diff 2 obrflTCdiff ppb QS 2nd sensor lst sensor
68. no effect on the result datenv i 1 dat c 1 cast con o 1 wildedit i 1 cnv 01 filter i 1 cnv 01 loopedit i1 1 cnv 01 binavg i 1 cnv aavg o l derive i 1 avg cnv c l cast con o 1 seaplot i 1 cnv Module names and options are separated by one or more spaces or tabs 3 Select Run in the Windows Start menu The Run dialog box appears 4 Type in the program name and parameters as shown sbebatch c leg1 prallcasts txt c leg1 batch filename is c leg1 prallcasts txt parameter 1 is c leg1 5 The data is processed as follows all input and output files are in c leg1 Module Input File s Output File castl dat rae eee Data Conversion datcnv cast2 dat i cast2 cnv cast con Wild Edit wildedit castl cnv castl cnv cast2 cnv cast2 cnv castl cnv castl cnv Filter filter cast2 cnv cast2 cnv F castl cnv castl cnv Loop Edit loopedit cast2 cnv cast2 cnv castl cnv castlavg cnv Bin Average Dmae cast2 cnv cast2avg cnv castlavg cnv casti cny Derive derive cast2avg cnv i cast2 cnv cast con castl jpg cast2 jpg Sea Plot seaplot Gas Lene if File Setup tab cast2 cnv was set to output to jpeg 140 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix II Configure con or xmlcon File Format Note For an easy to read report of con or xmicon file contents see Appendix III Generating con or xmicon File Reports ConReport exe Appendix Il Configure
69. of axes Black text axes Create labels for all axes in black Auto range padding black lines with symbols for black and white printing If not selected Plot symbols only Mark Start Process each individual data point with a symbol and do not connect symbols with a line Symbols are defined on Axis setup tabs for non overlay plots For overlay plots click Overlay Setup button to define Show line legends Show line legends below plot title Legend indicates line color and type for color plots or line symbol and type for monochrome plots For overlay plots legend indicates line color or symbol only for first file Axis label color matches selected plot color for each variable For overlay files colors match colors for variables Define space between axes and maximum and Maren in first file minimum plotted values if Auto range selected on Axis setup tabs For 0 maximum and minimum values plot on axes 120 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processin Process Options If the Process Options button is clicked on the Plot Setup tab the following dialog box appears Process Options x Process scans to end of file Plot all scans in file If not selected plot Scans to process Skip these scans at beginning of cast and then plot Scans to process Total number of scans to process remaining scans or number
70. on EOS 80 Practical Salinity equations Derive TEOS 10 Calculate thermodynamic properties based on TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity Filter Loop Edit Low pass filter columns of data Mark a scan with badflag if scan fails pressure reversal or minimum velocity tests Wild Edit Mark a data value with badflag to eliminate wild points Window Filter 81 Filter data with triangle cosine boxcar Gaussian or median window Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Align CTD Align CTD aligns parameter data in time relative to pressure This ensures Note that calculations of salinity dissolved oxygen concentration and other Align CTD cannot be run on files that parameters are made using measurements from the same parcel of water have been averaged into pressure or Typically Align CTD is used to align temperature conductivity and oxygen depth bins in Bin Average If measurements relative to pressure alignment is necessary run Align OTD betore runhing Bi Average There are three principal causes of misalignment of CTD measurements e physical misalignment of the sensors in depth e inherent time delay time constants of the sensor responses e water transit time delay in the pumped plumbing line the time it takes the parcel of water to go through the plumbing to each sensor or for free flushing sensors the corresponding flushing delay which depe
71. parameters in Data Conversion Derive Sea Plot SeaCalc III EOS 80 Practical Salinity tab and Seasave are identical except as noted in Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinity and are based on EOS 80 equations Calculation of Absolute Salinity and associated parameters TEOS 10 is available in Derive TEOS 10 and SeaCalc Ill TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity tab Once they are calculated in Derive TEOS 10 they can be plotted in Sea Plot See Section 6 Data Processing Modules and Section 9 Miscellaneous Module SeaCalc Il Note When plotting date and time the following restrictions apply On the Plot Setup tab select Single X Multiple Y or Single X Multiple Y Overlay for plot type On the X Axis tab select Julian days or Elapsed time for the variable and select Show as Date Time On the X Axis tab do not select Reverse scale direction Sea Plot can be used to plot C T and P as well as derived variables and data from auxiliary sensors from any converted cnv data file Sea Plot can e Plot up to 5 variables on one plot with a single X axis and up to four Y axes or a single Y axis and up to four X axes e Plot any variable on a linear or logarithmic scale logarithmic scale not applicable to TS plots e Derive and plot derived salinity and or derived density if conductivity temperature and pressure data are in the input file This allows you to skip runn
72. responsiveness current and temperature for SBE 13 or 23 oxygen signal for SBE 43 is in the ros file Bottle Summary calculates derivative of oxygen current or signal using a least squares fit to all the oxygen data for each bottle Oxygen is calculated using mean values for temperature pressure and salinity derivative and scan by scan values of oxygen current and temperature or signal Return to SBE Data Processing window e If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Start Process Processing complete when done Bottle Summary adds the following to the data file header Label Description Bottlesum date Date and time that module was run Input ros bottle data file and con or xmlcon Poulsen in configuration file Bottlesum_ox_ Tau correction applied to oxygen data Only appears if tau_correction oxygen is derived Labels were previously rossum_date and rossum_in 79 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processing Mark Scan Note Mark Scan creates a bottle scan range bsr file from a mrk data file created Alt
73. sensors cannot be universal time code to data C NMEA device connected to PC removed or changed to header appends NMEA data to another type others are every scan and writes NMEA data V Surface PAR voltage added M Scan time added pene to nav file every time Ctrl F7 is pressed or Add to nav File is clicked Note Whether NMEA Channel Sensor device was connected to a deck unit or directly to computer during New to create new con or 1 Frequency Temperature xmicon file for this CTD data acquistion in Sasave tasno 2 iepeney G Opan to select diferent Data Processing and therefore 3 Frequency Pressure Digiquartz with TC Saye Save or Save As to save ee no effect on data processing A A D volageO pH ae a or xmlcon file urface PAR Select if Surface i ckise BAR senor usodi ut ogre win SAD _ Ong SHE 4 lt 5 0 Seasave appends Surface 6 A D votage2 Fluorometer WET Labs ECO CDOM channels to Channel Sensor table A D votage Alimeter pee Seah ues hone ons 8 SPAR voltage Unavailable Modify Click a sensor and click words suppressed reflects only 9 SPAR voltage SPAR Surface Inadiance pF aR A Sy or external voltages going directly to Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different that sensor 9plus from auxiliary sensors See sensor for that channel dialog box with list of sensors appears Application Note 11S After sensor is selected dialog box for calibration coefficients e Scan ti
74. start time and or note Select to have software prompt you to modify start time to put available or in header of input in output cnv header instead of using one of sources for start time listed above or to add a note to output cnv header Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit raw data file System UTC computer time in first data scan if available or in header of input raw data file Upload time time that data was p uploaded from instrument s memory Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done 73 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processin The Select Output Variables dialog box which appears when you click Select Output Variables on the Data Setup tab looks like this Variable Name Average Sound Velocity aj Shrink All Pressure Digiquartz Pressure Digiquartz db Bottles Fired Temperature IT5 90 deg C Change Bottom Contact S S m Byte Count Delete Conductivity e Add variable click blank field in Variable Name column click desired aa column cli
75. step Median Filter Description The median filter is not a smoothing filter in the same sense as the window filters described above Median filtering is most useful in spike removal A median value is determined for a specified window and the data value at the window s center point is replaced by the median value Pressure P a Median Filtered Data window length 17 Salinity 109 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Window Filter has the following x parameter when run from the Command Line Options dialog box from the command line or with batch file processing x Parameter Description xwfilter diff Output difference between original and filtered value instead of outputting filtered value See Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing for details on using parameters Window Filter adds the following to the data file header Label Description Wfilter date Date and time that module was run Wfilter_in Input cnv converted data file Wfilter_excl_ If yes values in scans marked with badflag in bad_ scans Loop Edit will not be used Wfilter_action Data channel identifier filter type filter parameters 110 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules SBE Data Processin Section 7 File Manipulation Modules Module Name Module Description
76. they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values while acquiring real time data gt Most accurate results Derive uses a centered window equal number of points before and after scan to compute the derivative In Data Conversion or Derive the window size is input on the Miscellaneous tab A hysteresis correction can be applied in Data Conversion for the SBE 43 To perform this correction select Apply hysteresis correction on Data Conversion s Miscellaneous tab H1 H2 and H3 coefficients for hysteresis correction entered in the con or xmlicon file are available on calibration sheets for SBE 43s calibrated after October 2008 See Calibration Coefficients for RS 232 Sensors below for the SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor and Aanderaa Optode Oxygen sensor Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Oxygen Calibration Coefficients Enter the coefficients which vary depending on the type of oxygen sensor from the calibration sheet Beckman or YSI type sensor manufactured by Sea Bird or other manufacturer These sensors require two channels one for oxygen current enter m b soc boc tcor pcor tau and wt and the other for oxygen temperature enter k and c Make sure to select both when configuring the instrument Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Beckman or YSI type oxygen sensors IOW sensor These sensors re
77. when data acquisition is started pressure baud rate 9600 NMEA baud rate 4800 surface PAR voltage added to scan 11plus reads this from con or xmlcon file in Seasave when data acquisition is started A D offset 0 GPIB address 1 GPIB address must be 1 GPIB 1 to use Seasave if Computer interface is IEEE 488 GPIB in con or xmlcon file advance primary conductivity 0 073 seconds advance secondary conductivity 0 073 seconds autorun on power up is disabled 27 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 16 Seacat C T Recorder Configuration Strain gauge Digiquartz with or without temperature compensation or no pressure sensor If no pressure ts ila E a Pel RA Configuration for the SBE 16 Seacat CTD pe or Digiquartz without Temp Comp Ee for SVr ear i 2 3 4 see reply pa Data button accesses dialog box to input additional DS Voltage channel 0 in con or Configuration file opened None parameter s needed to process data xmlicon file corresponds to sensor wired to channel 0 on end cap Pressure sensor type connector voltage channel 1 corresponds to sensor wired to channel 1 on end cap connector etc External voltage channels 2 Version gt 4 0 Select if Seasave appended time seconds since January 1 1970 GMT to each data scan Time between scans Must agree with Sample interval seconds SBE 16 setup SI see reply from DS P 15
78. 0 SBE 3 or 4 plugged into JB5 on 9plus dual redundant sensor configuration External Voltage not spare Oor1 2or3 4or5 6or7 Connector AUX 1 AUX 2 AUX 3 AUX 4 Words to Keep 1 2 3 4 1 SBE 3 or 4 plugged into JB4 on 9plus and not using JB5 connector single redundant sensor configuration Configuration for the SBE 91 1plus 917plus C1D X e 2 no redundant T or C sensors Configuration file opened None 11plus gt 5 0 Seasave sends AddSpar command to Deck Unit requency channels suppressed 2 Voltage words suppressed W v consistent with configuration file 1 word 2 channels selection for Surface PAR 11plus lt 5 0 Surface PAR F 5 R acquisition is set in Deck Unit with Deck unit or SEARAM SBE pls Firmware Version gt 5 0 IEEE 448 or RS 232C for dip switch CTD data interface between 17plus Data uploaded from 17plus Computer interlace AS23900 Deck Unit and computer memory None Not using 11p us or 17plus see Appendix l Command Line Scans to average fi For full rate 24 Hz data set to Operation 1 Example lf scans to average 24 Seasave averages ct HEA denth data added 24 scans saving data to MV NMEA position data added NMEA depth deta added Sante ieee e NMEA Select if NMEA navigation device used and if NMEA depth s ee data and NMEA time data were NMEA device connected to deck unit T WHEA time added also appended Seasave adds ETEEN z current latitude longitude and aded
79. 1 sensor sbeopoxMm L Oxygen SBE 63 umol 1 sbeopox Mm L umol I 1 sensor sbeopoxML L1 Oxygen SBE 63 2 ml l sbeopox ml 12 ml l 2nd sensor sbeopoxMg L1 Oxygen SBE 63 2 mg l sbeopox mg 12 mg l 2nd sensor sbeopoxPS1 Oxygen SBE 63 2 saturation sbeopox S2 saturation 2nd sensor Sbeopox Oxygen SBE 63 2 umol kg sbeopox Mm Kg2 umol kg 2nd sensor Mm Kg1 sbeopoxMm L1 Oxygen SBE 63 2 umol sbeopox Mm L2 umol I 2nd sensor opoxML L Oxygen Optode Aanderaa ml l opox ml l ml l opoxMg L Oxygen Optode Aanderaa mg l opox mg l mg l opoxPS Oxygen Optode Aanderaa saturation opox S saturation opoxMm L Oxygen Optode Aanderaa umol 1 opox Mm 1 umol 1 oxC Oxygen Current Beckman YSI uA Oxc uA 1 sensor oxsC Oxygen Current Beckman YSI 2 uA oxc2 uA 2nd sensor oxTC Oxygen Temperature Beckman YSI deg C oxT C deg C 1 sensor oxTF Oxygen Temperature Beckman YSI deg F oxT F deg F 1 sensor oxsTC Oxygen Temperature Beckman YSI 2 deg oxT2 C deg C 2nd sensor C oxsTF Oxygen Temperature Beckman YSI 2 deg oxT2 F deg F 2nd sensor F 165 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments oxML L Oxygen Beckman YSI ml I ox ml l ml l 1 sensor oxMg L Oxygen Beckman YSI mg l ox m
80. 16plus IM Seacat C T Recorder Configuration 29 SBE 16plus V2 or 16plus IM V2 SeaCAT C T Recorder Configuration 3 1 SBE 19 Seacat Profiler Configuration ccccescceseeseeeceeeeeseneeeeeenrens 33 SBE 19plus Seacat Profiler Configuration ccscceceesceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 35 SBE 19plus V2 SeaCAT Profiler Configuration cc ceceeeceseeeeeeeeeeees 37 SBE 21 Thermosalinograph Configuration cccsssccsseseeeeeeeeeeeneeees 39 SBE 25 Sealogger Configuration ccceccceecesssesceeeceesecneeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseens 41 SBE 25plus Sealogger Configuration ccccccceseesecseceneceeeeeeeeeeeeeeerens 43 SBE 37 MicroCAT C T Recorder Configuration ccssesseeseeneeeeees 47 SBE 45 MicroTSG Configuration ccccesccssecssecseeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseenseens 49 SBE 49 FastCAT Configuration ccccecccsscsseeseceseecseeeseesseeeseeeeeneenseees 50 SBE Glider Payload CTD Configuration ccccescceseeseeetecereeeeeeeeeeenees 51 Accessing Calibration Coefficients Dialog Boxes cssssscseeseeecneeeeeeeeees 52 Importing and Exporting Calibration Coefficients 52 Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors c ccecceeseeeeeeeeesceeseeeeenees 53 Temperature Calibration Coefficients cccecsceeseescesseceecsseeneeeneeeneeees 53 Conductivity Calibration Coefficients cccceccceeseeseeeseecseeeseenteeneeeseeees 54 Pressure Paroscientific Digiquartz C
81. 2 D1 t sigma t kg m 3 2nd sensor 1st sensor D2 D1 1 Density Difference 2 1 sigma 1 kg m 3 D2 D1 1 sigma 1 2nd sensor lst sensor kg m 3 D2 D1 2 Density Difference 2 1 sigma 2 kg m 3 D2 D1 2 sigma 2 2nd sensor lst sensor kg m 3 D2 D1 4 Density Difference 2 1 sigma 4 kg m 3 D2 D1 4 sigma 4 2nd sensor 1st sensor kg m43 depSM Depth salt water m depS M salt water m depSF Depth salt water ft depS F salt water ft depFM Depth fresh water m depF M fresh water m depFF Depth fresh water ft depF F fresh water ft dNMEA Depth NMEA salt water m dNMEA salt water m 161 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments dz dtM Descent Rate m s dz dt M m s dz dtF Descent Rate ft s dz dt F ft s dm Dynamic Meters 10 J kg dm 10 J kg Calculated in SBE Data Processing s Derive module flag Flag flag chConctr Fluorescence Biospherical Chl Con chConctr Concentration naFluor Fluorescence Biospherical Natural naFluor Natural fluorescence product Fluorescence Biospherical Production product Production f1C Fluorescence Chelsea Aqua 3 Chl Con fIC ug l 1 sensor ug fIC1 Fluorescence Chelsea Aqua 3 Chl Con 2 fIC2 ug l 2nd sensor ug l flCdiff Fluorescence Chelsea Aqu
82. 20 00 cnv and test106 20 00 cnv shows Processing complete when done Start Process Exit Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 72 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processin The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Data Conversi waa Program skips first scans to skip Data Conversion a a x over scans e f Process scans to end of file selected process all File Setup Data Setup Miscellaneous Header yfe Binary smaller file processed faster than ASCII remaining scans upcast file by other SBE Data Processing modules and downcast scans if Upcast e ASCII larger file can be viewed with a text editor and downcast selected Translate can translate converted data file from downcast scans only if F o o binary to ASCII or vice versa downcast selected Scans to skip over fo I If Process scans to end of file Scans to process Convert downcast data or upcast and downcast data not selected process next scans to process Output format ASCII output Create converted data file only bottle file only for subsequent Convert data f
83. 5 bmp file 15 bsr file 15 btl file 15 cnv file 15 con file 15 24 141 reports 146 SBE 16 28 SBE 1l6plus 29 SBE 1l6plus V2 31 SBE 16plus IM 29 SBE 16plus IM V2 31 SBE 19 33 SBE 19plus 35 SBE 19plus V2 37 SBE 21 39 SBE 25 41 SBE 45 49 SBE 49 50 SBE 91 1plus 26 SBE 917plus 26 dat file 15 hdr file 15 hex file 15 ini file 15 Jpg file 15 mrk file 15 psa file 15 tos file 15 txt file 15 wmf file 15 xml file 15 xmicon file 15 24 141 reports 146 SBE 16 28 SBE 16plus 29 SBE 1l6plus V2 31 SBE 16plus IM 29 SBE 16plus IM V2 31 SBE 19 33 SBE 19plus 35 SBE 19plus V2 37 SBE 21 39 SBE 25 41 SBE 25plus 43 SBE 37 47 SBE 45 49 SBE 49 50 SBE 91 1plus 26 SBE 917plus 26 SBE Glider Payload CTD 51 A A D count sensors 56 Absolute Salinity 96 Acceleration 158 Algorithms 148 Index 172 SBE Data Processin Align CTD 82 Altimeter 57 ASCII In 112 ASCII Out 113 Average 86 Average sound velocity 153 B Batch file processing 137 Bin Average 86 Bottle Summary 78 Bugs 147 Buoyancy 89 C Calculator seawater 132 Calibration coefficients 52 A D count sensors 56 altimeter 57 bottles closed 55 conductivity 54 exporting 52 fluorometer 57 frequency sensors 53 GTD 70 importing 52 methane 62 OBS Nephelometer Turbidity 62 optode
84. 5 V Tw 100 for transmission relative to water from current calibration Al 4 719 volts and Y1 0 006 volts M 22 046 B 0 132 Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to six WET Labs C Stars 67 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin User Polynomial for user defined sensor Calibration Coefficients The user polynomial allows you to define an equation to relate the sensor output voltage to calculated engineering units if your sensor is not pre defined in Sea Bird software Enter a0 al a2 and a3 Val a0 al V a2 V a3 V3 where V voltage from sensor a0 al a2 and a3 user defined sensor polynomial coefficients If desired enter the sensor name This name will appear in the data file header Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to three sensors defined with user polynomials Example A manufacturer defines the output of their sensor as NTU Vsample Vblank scale factor Set this equal to user polynomial equation and calculate a0 al a2 and a3 Vsample Vblank scale factor a0 al V a2 V a3 V3 Expanding left side of equation and using consistent notation Vsample V scale factor V scale factor Vblank a0 al V a2 V a3 V3 Left side of equation has no V or V terms so a2 and a3 are 0 rearran
85. 6 f6 Hz 7th sensor f7 Frequency 7 f7 Hz 8th sensor f8 Frequency 8 f8 Hz 9th sensor f9 Frequency 9 f9 Hz 10th sensor f10 Frequency 10 f10 Hz 11th sensor fll Frequency 11 fll Hz 12th sensor f12 Frequency 12 f12 Hz 13th sensor f13 Frequency 13 f13 Hz 14th sensor fl4 Frequency 14 fl4 Hz 15th sensor f15 Frequency 15 f15 Hz 16th sensor f16 Frequency 16 f16 Hz 17th sensor f17 Frequency 17 f17 Hz 18th sensor f18 Frequency 18 f18 Hz 19 sensor f19 Frequency 19 f19 Hz 20 sensor f20 Frequency 20 f20 Hz 21 sensor f21 Frequency 21 f21 Hz 22 sensor f22 Frequency 22 f22 Hz 23 sensor 23 Frequency 23 23 Hz 24 sensor f24 Frequency 24 f24 Hz 25 sensor 25 Frequency 25 25 Hz 26 sensor 26 Frequency 26 26 Hz 27 sensor 27 Frequency 27 27 Hz 28 sensor 28 Frequency 28 28 Hz 29 sensor 29 Frequency 29 29 Hz 30 sensor 30 Frequency 30 30 Hz 31 sensor 163 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments 31 Frequency 31 31 Hz 32 sensor 32 Frequency 32 32 Hz 334 sensor 33 Frequency 33 33 Hz 34 sensor 34 Frequency 34 34 Hz 35 sensor 35 Frequency 35 35 Hz 36 sensor 6 Frequency 36 36 Hz 37 sens
86. 7 23 2 Note See Application Note 48 for complete description of calculation of Seapoint Turbidity calibration coefficients Notes e To enable entry of the mx my and b coefficients for the SCUFA fluorometer you must first select the Turner SCUFA OBS Nephelometer T urbidity See Application Note 63 for complete description of calculation of Turner SCUFA calibration coefficients Note See Application Note 87 for complete description of calculation of WET Labs ECO BB calibration coefficients Note See Application Note 62 for complete description of calculation of WET Labs ECO NTU calibration coefficients Note See Application Note 19 for complete description of calculation of ORP calibration coefficients Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin IFREMER This sensor requires two channels one for direct voltage and the other for measured voltage Make sure to select both when configuring the CTD For the direct voltage channel enter vm0 vd0 d0 and k diffusion k vm vm0 vd vd0 d0 where k scale factor vm0 measured voltage offset vd0 direct voltage offset vm measured voltage vd direct voltage d0 diffusion offset Seapoint Turbidity Enter gain setting and scale factor output volts 500 scale factor gain where Scale factor is from calibration sheet Gain is dependent on cable used see cable drawing Note SBE Data Pro
87. 90 F ITS 90 deg F 1 sensor tnc90F or tv290F t068C t4968C Temperature IPTS 68 deg C t68 C IPTS 68 deg 1 sensor tnc68C or C tv268C t068F t4968F Temperature IPTS 68 deg F t68 F IPTS 68 deg F 1 sensor tnc68F or tv268F t190C or Temperature 2 ITS 90 deg C t2 90 C ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor tnc290C t190F or Temperature 2 ITS 90 deg F t2 90 F ITS 90 deg F 2nd sensor tnc290F tl68C or Temperature 2 IPTS 68 deg C t2 68 C IPTS 68 deg 2nd sensor tnc268C t168F or Temperature 2 IPTS 68 deg F t2 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 2nd sensor tnc268F T2 T190C Temperature Difference 2 1 ITS 90 deg T2 T1 90 C ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor 1st sensor C T2 T190F Temperature Difference 2 1 ITS 90 deg T2 T1 90 F ITS 90 deg F 2nd sensor 1st sensor F T2 T168C Temperature Difference 2 1 IPTS 68 deg T2 T1 68 C IPTS 68 deg 2nd sensor Ist sensor C C T2 T168F Temperature Difference 2 1 IPTS 68 deg T2 T1 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 2nd sensor 1st sensor F t3890C or Temperature SBE 38 ITS 90 deg C t38 90 C ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor t38_90C t3890F or Temperature SBE 38 ITS 90 deg F t38 90 F ITS 90 deg F 1 sensor t38 _90F t3868C or Temperature SBE 38 IPTS 68 deg C t38 68 C IPTS 68 deg 1 sensor t38_68C C t3868F or Temperature SBE 38 IPTS 68 deg F t38 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 1 sensor t38_68F t3890C1 Temperature SBE 38 2 ITS 90 deg C t38 90 C2 ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor t3890F1 Temperature SB
88. 9p us V2 from GetCD or DS setup see reply from GetCD or DS Channel Sensor l Sample interval seconds table lists RS 232 sensors below voltage channels e NMEA Select if NMEA navigation Number of samples to average samples at 4 Hz device used and if NMEA depth Scans to average in Profiling mode Must agree with 19plus V2 data and NMEA time data were setup NAvg see reply from GetCD or DS also appended Seasave adds a current latitude longitude and IV NMEA position data added NMEA depth data added universal time code to data header appends NMEA data to A UE peri eee every scan and writes NIIEA dal NMEA device connected to deck unit J NMEA time added to nav file every time Ctrl F7 is b pressed or Add to nav File is 2 NMEA device connected to PC clicked Note Whether NMEA device was connected to a deck unit or directly Surface PAR voltage added Sean time added to computer during data New to create new acquisition in Seasave has no con or xmlcon file effect on data file used by SBE Channel 1 Sensor New for this CTD ae eek he therefore 1 Count Temperature Shaded sensors Open to select as no effect on data processing or cannot be removed different con or Surface PAR Select if using with 2 Frequency Conductivity or changed to xmicon file deck unit connected to Surface z 7 another type of a Save or Save As PAR sensor Seasave appends 3 Count
89. B3 0 0034861 157 Manual revision 7 23 2 SBE Data Processin Note You can also enter the descent rate and acceleration window size on the Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion or Derive as applicable Note For complete description of ratio multiplier see Application Note 11S SBE 11plus Deck Unit or 47 SBE 33 or 36 Deck Unit Descent rate and acceleration are computed by calculating the derivative of the pressure signal with respect to time with a user input window size for calculating the derivative using a linear regression to determine the slope Values computed by Seasave and Data Conversion are somewhat different from values computed by Derive Seasave and Data Conversion compute the derivative looking backward in time with a user input window size since they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values of pressure while acquiring data in real time Derive uses a centered window equal number of points before and after the scan user input window size to obtain a better estimate of the derivative Use Seasave and Data Conversion to obtain a quick look at descent rate and acceleration use Derive to obtain the most accurate values When you select descent rate or acceleration as a derived variable SBE Data Processing prompts you to enter the window size seconds Corrected Irradiance CPAR 100 ratio multiplier underwater PAR surface PAR Ratio multiplier scaling factor used f
90. BE 17plus Searam and SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler For these systems the bottle confirm bit in the input hex or dat data file is set for all scans within a 1 5 second duration after a bottle firing confirmation is received from the water sampler Bottle log bl file if used Seasave to interface with SBE 9plus with SBE 11plus Deck Unit and G O 1016 Rosette or SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler or SBE 19 19plus 19plus V2 25 or 49 with SBE 33 Deck Unit and SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler or SBE 19 19plus 19plus V2 25 or 49 with SBE 33 Deck Unit and SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler For these systems Seasave creates the bl file Each time a bottle fire confirmation is received the bottle sequence number position date time and beginning and ending scan numbers 1 5 second duration for each bottle are written to the bl file Auto Fire Module or ECO afm file if used Carousel Auto Fire Module AFM with SBE 19 19plus 19plus V2 25 or 50 and SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler or SBE 19 19plus 19plus V2 25 or 50 and SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler autonomous operation For these systems the afm file contains five scans of data recorded by the AFM or SBE 55 ECO Water Sampler for each bottle firing Bottle scan range bsr file if used Mark Scan feature in Seasave during data acquisition to create a mrk file use Mark Scan to convert the mrk file to a bsr file before running Data Conversion The format for the bs
91. C duct and 3000 rpm pump 0 03 7 0 SBE 19plus or 19plus V2 0 04 8 0 with TC duct and 2000 rpm pump j SBE 19 not plus with TC duct and 2000 rpm pump 0 04 8 0 SBE 19 not plus with no pump moving at 1 m sec 0 042 10 0 SBE 25 or 25plus with TC duct and 2000 rpm pump 0 04 8 0 SBE 49 with TC duct and 3000 rpm pump 0 03 7 0 The SBE 49 can be programmed to correct for conductivity cell thermal mass effects in real time eliminating the need to run Cell Thermal Mass See the SBE 49 manual for details The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this SE Cell Thermal Mass File Options Help Piel Es File Setup Data Setup Header View IV Correct primary conductivity values Temperature sensor to use Use primary or sec hdary temperature sensor data for filtering the conductivity data Thermal anomaly amplitude alpha fo 03 Thermal anomaly tine constant 1 beta f Temperature sensor to use Thermal anomaly amplitude alpha Thermal anomaly time constant 1 beta z Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing com
92. CO Phycoerythrin Turner Cyclops RFU phyeryflTC RFU 1 sensor phyeryflTC1 Phycoerythrin Turner Cyclops 2 RFU phyeryflTC2 RFU 2nd sensor phyeryflTCdiff Phycoerythrin Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 phyeryflTCdiff RFU 2nd sensor 1st sensor RFU pla Plume Anomaly pla potemp090C Potential Temperature ITS 90 deg C potemp 90 C ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor potemp090F Potential Temperature ITS 90 deg F potemp 90 F ITS 90 deg F_ 1 sensor potemp068C Potential Temperature IPTS 68 deg C potemp 68 C IPTS 68 deg C 1 sensor potemp068F Potential Temperature IPTS 68 deg F potemp 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 1 sensor potemp190C Potential Temperature 2 ITS 90 deg C potemp2 90 C ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor potemp190F Potential Temperature 2 ITS 90 deg F potemp2 90 F ITS 90 deg F 2nd sensor potemp168C Potential Temperature 2 IPTS 68 deg C potemp2 68 C IPTS 68 deg 2nd sensor C potemp168F Potential Temperature 2 IPTS 68 deg F potemp2 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 2nd sensor potemp90Cdiff Potential Temperature Diff 2 1 ITS 90 potemp diff 90 C ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor 1st sensor deg C potemp90Fdiff Potential Temperature Diff 2 1 ITS 90 potemp diff 90 F ITS 90 deg F 2nd sensor 1st sensor deg F potemp68Cdiff Potential Temperature Diff 2 1 IPTS 68 potemp diff 68 C IPTS 68 deg 2nd sensor Ist sensor deg C C potemp68Fdiff Potential Temperature Diff 2 1 IPTS 68 potemp diff 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 2nd sensor 1st sensor
93. Conversion and Derive use remote temperature data when calculating density and sound velocity Channel Sensor table reflects this choice b ie Must agree with SBE 21 setup for SV x firmware gt 5 0 or Configuration file opened None SVx firmware lt 5 0 x 0 1 2 3 or 4 channels see reply from DS Voltage channel 0 in con or xmicon file corresponds to sensor wired to channel 0 on end cap Remote temperature SBE 38 connector voltage channel 1 corresponds to sensor wired to channel 1 on end cap connector etc External voltage channels Time between scans Must agree with NMEA Select if NMEA SBE 21 setup SI for firmware gt 5 0 or SI navigation device used and if NMEA depth data and NMEA eee pith pte fae IV NMEA position data added T NMEA depth data added longitude and universal time code to data header appends NMEA device connected to deck unit NMEA time added NMEA data to every scan and writes NMEA data to nav fle f NMEA device connected to PC every time Ctrl F7 is pressed or Add to nav File is clicked p Select if Seasave appended time seconds since Note NMEA time can only be I Scan time added appended if NMEA device January 1 1970 GMT to each data scan connected to computer Sample interval seconds for firmware lt 5 0 see reply from DS Note Whether NMEA device Channel i Sensor New to create new con was connected to a deck unit 1 Frequency T
94. Derive s File Setup tab requires selection of an input data file and instrument configuration con or xmlicon file SBE 37 stores calibration coefficients internally and does not have a con or xmlcon file provided by Sea Bird If you used SeatermV2 version 1 1 or later to upload SBE 37 data the software created a xmicon file when it created the hex file If you used an earlier version of SeatermV2 or any version of Seaterm to upload SBE 37 data use a con or xmicon file from any other Sea Bird instrument the contents will not affect the results If you do not have a con or xmicon file for another instrument create one in SBE Data Processing s Configure menu select any instrument in the Configure menu then click Save As in the Configuration dialog box Algorithms used for calculation of derived parameters in Data Conversion Derive Sea Plot SeaCalc III EOS 80 Practical Salinity tab and Seasave are identical except as noted in Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinity and are based on EOS 80 equations Derive is not compatible with a cnv file from an SBE 39 39 IM 39pl us or 48 For an SBE 21 or 45 with a remote temperature sensor Seasave Data Conversion Derive and Derive TEOS 10 all use the remote temperature data when calculating density and sound velocity Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installati
95. E 11p us Deck Unit or 47 SBE 33 or 36 Deck Unit Notes e See Application Notes 18 1 18 2 and 18 4 for complete description of calculation of pH calibration coefficients Seasoft DOS lt version 4 008 ignored temperature compensation of a pH electrode The relationship between the two methods is pH pH old 7 2087 K For older sensors run pHfit version 2 0 in Seasoft DOS using Vout pH and temperature values from the original calibration sheet to compute the new values for offset and slope Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin PAR Irradiance Calibration Coefficients Underwater PAR Sensor Enter M B calibration constant multiplier and offset PAR multiplier 10 10V 8 M calibration constant offset where Calibration constant M and B are dependent on sensor type multiplier 1 0 for output units of uEinsteins m sec e _Biospherical PAR sensor PAR sensor with built in log amplifier QSP 200L QSP 2300L QCP 2300L or MCP 2300 Typically M 1 0 and B 0 0 Calibration constant 10 5 wet calibration factor from Biospherical calibration sheet PAR sensor without built in log amplifier QSP 200PD QSP 2200 PD or QCP 2200 PD M and B are taken from Sea Bird calibration sheet Calibration constant Cs calibration coefficient from Sea Bird calibration sheet 10 calibration coefficient from Biospherical calibration sheet e LI COR PAR s
96. E 38 2 ITS 90 deg F t38 90 F2 ITS 90 deg F_ 2nd sensor t3868C1 Temperature SBE 38 2 IPTS 68 deg C t38 68 C2 IPTS 68 deg 2nd sensor C t3868F1 Temperature SBE 38 2 IPTS 68 deg F t38 68 F2 IPTS 68 deg F 2nd sensor tsa Thermosteric Anomaly 10 8 m 3 kg tsa 10 8 m 3 kg 168 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments timeS Time Elapsed seconds time S seconds Elapsed time seconds based on first scan in data file and sample rate profiling or sample interval moorings sample rate is defined by configuration con or xmlcon file timeM Time Elapsed minutes time M minutes Elapsed time minutes based on first scan in data file and sample rate profiling or sample interval moorings sample rate or interval is as defined by configuration con or xmlcon file timeH Time Elapsed hours time H hours Elapsed time hours based on first scan in data file and sample rate profiling or sample interval moorings sample rate or interval is as defined by configuration con or xmlcon file timeJ Julian Days time J julian days Elapsed time Julian days based on first scan in data file and sample rate profiling or sample interval moorings sample rate or interval is as defined by configuration con or xmlcon file timeN Time NMEA seconds timeN seconds From NMEA device Seconds since January
97. FilterW exe Bottle Summary s executable file name was previously RosSumW exe BottleSumW exe will run if BottleSumW exe or RosSumW exe is typed on command line Command line parameters can be used to override existing information in the Note The default program setup psa file is psa file The command line parameters are _ the last saved psa file for Parameter Description the module PostProcSuite ini contains Use String as instrument configuration con or xmlcon file the location and file name of the last cString String must include full path and file name Note If using saved psa file for each module cString must also specify input file name using iString Primary PostProcSuite ini file default Use String as input data file name String must include full location if available is path and file name LOCALAPPDATA This parameter supports standard wildcard expansion Sea Bird IniFiles e matches any single character in specified position within Example AString c Users dbresko AppData Local 2 ni He o Aa AR rs starinsa ified Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini DA CAES i dae pote SANIE ei ae i Secondary PostProcSuite ini file position within file name or extension an continuing unti default location is end of file name or extension or another specified character APPDATA Sea Bird IniFiles oString Use String as output directory not including file name Example fS
98. Labs ECO AFL FL 3 _ eco afl3 mg m 3 3rd sensor mg m 3 flECO AFL3 Fluorescence WET Labs ECO AFL FL 4 _ eco afl4 mg m 3 4th sensor mg m 3 fIECO AFL4 Fluorescence WET Labs ECO AFL FL 5 eco afl5 mg m 3 5th sensor mg m 3 flECO AFL5 Fluorescence WET Labs ECO AFL FL 6 _ eco afl6 mg m 3 6th sensor mg m 3 fIECO AFLdiff Fluorescence WET Labs ECO AFL FL eco afldiff mg m 3 2nd sensor Ist sensor Diff 2 1 mg m 3 wetStar Fluorescence WET Labs WETstar WETstar mg m 3 1 sensor mg m 3 wetStar 1 Fluorescence WET Labs WETstar 2 WETstar2 mg m 3 2nd sensor mg m 3 wetStar2 Fluorescence WET Labs WETstar 3 WETstar3 mg m 3 3rd sensor mg m 3 wetStar3 Fluorescence WET Labs WETstar 4 WETstar4 mg m 3 4th sensor mg m 3 wetStar4 Fluorescence WET Labs WETstar 5 WETstar5 mg m 3 5th sensor mg m 3 wetStar5 Fluorescence WET Labs WETstar 6 WETstar6 mg m 3 6th sensor mg m 3 wetStardiff Fluorescence WET Labs WETstar Diff 2 wetStardiff mg m 3 2nd sensor 1st sensor 1 mg m43 fIfITCO Fluorescein Turner Cyclops ppb fIfITC ppb 1 sensor fIfITC1 Fluorescein Turner Cyclops 2 ppb fIfITC2 ppb 2nd sensor fIfITCdiff Fluorescein Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 fIfITCdiff ppb 2nd sensor Ist sensor ppb fo Frequency 0 fo Hz 1 sensor fl Frequency 1 fl Hz 2nd sensor f2 Frequency 2 f2 Hz 3rd sensor f3 Frequency 3 f3 Hz 4th sensor f4 Frequency 4 f4 Hz 5th sensor f5 Frequency 5 f5 Hz 6th sensor f6 Frequency
99. Nephelometer D amp A Backscatterance sensor serial number 141 SBE Data Processin Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Il Configure con or xmlcon File Format SBE Data Processin ol OBS Nephelometer D amp A Backscatterance gain offset 32 Altimeter scale factor offset hyst min pressure hysteresis 33 Microstructure temperature sensor serial number 34 Microstructure temperature pre m pre b 35 Microstructure temperature num denom AO Al A3 36 Microstructure conductivity sensor serial number 37 Microstructure conductivity AO Al A2 38 Microstructure conductivity M B R 39 Number of external frequencies number of bytes number of voltages instrument type computer interface scan rate interval store system time deck unit or searam Data format channels 0 9 Data format channels 10 19 Data format channels 20 39 Firmware version Miscellaneous number of frequencies from SBE 9 number of frequencies from SBE 9 to be suppressed number of voltages from SBE 9 to be suppressed voltage range add surface PAR voltage add NMEA position data include IOW sensors Add NMEA depth data 0 l 2 3 SBE 16 use water temperature fixed pressure fixed pressure temperature 4 5 46 OBS Nephelometer IFREMER sensor serial number 47 OBS Nephelometer IFREMER VMO VDO DO K 48 OB
100. Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two OBS 3 sensors e Downing amp Associates D amp A OBS 3 Note Enter AO Al and A2 e See Application Note 81 for output A0 Al V A2 V complete description of calculation where of OBS 3 calibration coefficients V voltage from sensor milliVolts e You can interface to two OBS 3 AO Al and A2 calibration coefficients from D amp A calibration sheet Sensors oto Boti the 1X and4 Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two OBS 3 sensors ranges on one OBS 3 sensor providing two channels of OBS 3 data Chelsea Enter clear water value and scale factor turbidity F T U 10 0V C scale factor where V voltage from sensor See calibration sheet for C clear water value and scale factor e Dr Haardt Turbidity Enter AO Al BO and B1 Select the gain range switch gt Output Voltage Level if the instrument indicates gain by output voltage level lt 2 5 volts is low gain gt 2 5 volts is high gain Low gain value A0 Al V High gain value BO B1 V gt Modulo Bit if the instrument has control lines custom wired to bits in the SBE 9plus modulo word Bit not set value AO Al V Bit set value BO B1 V gt None if the instrument does not change gain value A0 Al V where V voltage from sensor 62 Manual revision
101. O M1 t M2 t2 s p p val 1 p k if val sigma sigma val 1000 0 return sigma Sigma theta 069 p s O s t p 0 0 1000 kg m Sigma 1 p s O s t p 1000 1000 1000 kg m Sigma 2 o p s 0 s t p 2000 2000 1000 kg m Sigma 4 o 4 p s O s t p 4000 4000 1000 kg m Sigma t o p s t 0 1000 kg m thermosteric anomaly 10 1000 1000 o 0 97266 10 m kg specific volume V s t p 1 p m kg specific volume anomaly 5 10 V s t p V 35 0 p 10 m kg p p geopotential anomaly 10 8x Ap J kg m7 s7 Ap p 0 dynamic meters geopotential anomaly 10 0 1 dynamic meter 10 J kg Sverdup Johnson Flemming 1946 UNESCO 1991 149 Manual revision 7 23 2 SBE Data Processin Note You can also enter the latitude on the Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion or Derive as applicable Depth calculation C Computer Code Depth double Depth int dtype double x d gr if dtype FRESH WATER p 1 019716 else double p dtype fresh water or salt water depth m When you select salt water depth as a derived variable SBE Data Processing prompts you to input the latitude which is needed to calculate local gravity It uses the user input value unless latitude is written in the input data file header from a NMEA navigation device If latitude is in th
102. O 37 IMP IDO and 37 SIP IDO The calibration coefficients for this sensor are as described for the SBE 43 voltage sensor see Calculation Coefficients for Voltage Sensors below Bottles Closed HB IOW Calibration Coefficients No calibration coefficients are entered for this parameter The number of bottles closed is calculated by Data Conversion based on frequency range Sound Velocity IOW Calibration Coefficients Enter coefficients a0 al and a2 Value a0 al frequency a2 frequency 55 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Calibration Coefficients for A D Count Sensors Notes e These coefficients provide ITS 90 T90 temperature e See Application Note 31 for computation of slope and offset correction coefficients from pre and post cruise calibrations supplied by Sea Bird Note See Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors below for information on strain gauge pressure sensors used on other instruments See Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors above for information on Paroscientific Digiquartz pressure sensors View and or modify the sensor calibration coefficients by selecting the sensor and clicking the Modify button in the instrument Configuration dialog box For all calibration dialog boxes enter the sensor serial number and calibration date Many sensor calibration equations contain an offset term Unless noted ot
103. Pressure Strain Gauge sensor A ires are lo A EA Surface PAR data to every scan optional con or xmlcon file Adds 2 channels to 4 A D votage0 Oxygen SBE 43 Save As settings Channel Sensor table Do not 5 A D voltage 1 pH increase External voltage channels Biais P x to reflect this External voltage 6 A D voltage2 Transmissometer Chelsea Seatech Wetlab Click a sensor channels reflects only external and click voltages going directly to 7 A D voltage 3 Altimeter Modify to 19plus V2 from auxiliary sensors pote change See Application Note 47 Modify calibration coefficients for that sensor Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a e Scan time added Select if different sensor for that channel Dialog box with a list of Seasave appended time seconds sensors appears Select sensors after number of voltage since January 1 1970 GMT to channels have been specified above each data scan i Return to SBE Data Processing window e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmlicon file For command line generation of report see Append
104. S Nephelometer Chelsea sensor serial number 49 OBS Nephelometer Chelsea clear water voltage scale factor 50 ZAPS sensor serial number a ZAPS m b 52 Conductivity sensor calibration date 53 Temperature sensor calibration date 54 Secondary conductivity sensor calibration date 55 Secondary temperature sensor calibration date 56 Pressure sensor calibration date 57 Oxygen Beckman YSI type sensor calibration date 58 pH sensor calibration date 59 PAR light sensor calibration date 60 Transmissometer SeaTech Chelsea AlphaTracka WET Labs Cstar sensor calibration date 61 Fluorometer SeaTech sensor calibration date 62 Tilt sensor calibration date 63 ORP sensor calibration date 64 OBS Nephelometer D amp A Backscatterance sensor calibration date 65 Microstructure temperature sensor calibration date 66 Microstructure conductivity sensor calibration date 67 IFREMER OBS nephelometer sensor calibration date 68 Chelsea OBS nephelometer sensor calibration date 69 ZAPS sensor calibration date 70 Secondary oxygen Beckman YSI type sensor serial number 71 Secondary oxygen Beckman YSI type sensor calibration date 72 Secondary oxygen Beckman YSI type M B K C SOC TCOR 73 Secondary oxygen Beckman YSI type WTI PCOR TAU BOC 74 ser polynomial 1 sensor serial number ni ser polynomial sensor calibration date ser polyl AO Al A2 A3 ser polynomial 2 sensor serial number ser polynomial 2 sensor calibration date ser polynomial 2 A0 Al A2 A3 3 3
105. Seasoft V2 SBE Data Processing CTD Data Processing and Plotting Software for Windows XP Windows Vista or Windows 7 01x Run Configure Help 1 Data Conversion Filter Align CTD Cell Thermal Mass Loop Edit Derive Derive TEOS 10 Bin Average on ook wh so Bottle Summary 10 Mark Scan 11 Buoyancy 12 Wild Edit 13 Window Filter 14 ASCII In 15 ASCII Out 16 Section 17 Split 18 Strip 19 Translate 20 Sea Plot 21 SeaCalc III Command Line Options Exit User s Manual Sea Bird Electronics Inc 13431 NE 20 Street Bellevue Washington 98005 USA Telephone 425 643 9866 Fax 425 643 9954 E mail seabird seabird com 03 18 14 Website www seabird com Software Release 7 23 2 and later Limited Liability Statement Extreme care should be exercised when using or servicing this equipment It should be used or serviced only by personnel with knowledge of and training in the use and maintenance of oceanographic electronic equipment SEA BIRD ELECTRONICS INC disclaims all product liability risks arising from the use or servicing of this system SEA BIRD ELECTRONICS INC has no way of controlling the use of this equipment or of choosing the personnel to operate it and therefore cannot take steps to comply with laws pertaining to product liability including laws which impose a duty to warn the us
106. Set up the second channel as a WET Labs ECO NTU as described below for OBS Nephelometer Turbidity sensors Notes e Units are dependent on the substance measured by the fluorometer For example units are ug l for chlorophyll ppb for Rhodamine ppt for Phycocyanin etc For complete description of calibration coefficient calculation see Application Note 41 for WETStar Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin WET Labs ECO AFL and ECO FL Enter Dark Output and scale factor Concentration units V Dark Output scale factor where V in situ voltage output Dark Output clean water voltage output with black tape on detector Scale factor multiplier units Volt The calibration sheet lists either gt Dark Output and scale factor OR gt Vblank old terminology for Dark Output and Scale Factor OR gt Vblank old terminology for Dark Output and Vcopro voltage output measured with known concentration of coproporphyrin tetramethyl ester Determine an initial value for the scale factor by using the chlorophyll concentration corresponding to Vcopro scale factor chlorophyll concentration Vcopro Vblank Perform calibrations using seawater with phytoplankton populations that are similar to what is expected in situ Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to six ECO AFL or ECO FL sensors WET Labs ECO CDOM Colored Dissolved
107. Summary Bottle Summary reads a ros file created by Data Conversion and writes a bottle data summary to a btl file The ros file must contain as a minimum temperature pressure and conductivity or salinity The output btl file includes Note Bottle Summary was previously called Rosette Summary e Bottle position optional bottle serial number and date time e User selected derived variables computed for each bottle from mean values of input variables temperature pressure conductivity etc e User selected averaged variables computed for each bottle from input variables The maximum number of scans processed per bottle is 1440 In addition to the ros input file Note e Ifa blfile Same name as input data file with bl extension is found in A bI file is created by the input file directory Bottle Summary uses bottle position data from the e Seasave during real time data bl file The bottle position data defines the bottle firing sequence the bl acquisition or file contains the bottle firing sequence number bottle position date and e Data Conversion if the source of ie time and beginning and ending scan number for each bottle scan rage data was a afm file e Ifa sn file same name as input data file with sn extension is found in the input file directory bottle serial numbers are inserted between the Youcan createa snie ina text bottle position and date time columns in the btl file output
108. Therefore you must run Filter on the pressure data to reduce noise SBE Qplus giving a much before you run Loop Edit See Filter for pressure filter recommendations for smoother measure of velocity each instrument The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Note EE Loop Edit The File Setup tab and File Options Help Minimum velocity type e Fixed minimum velocity If CTD velocity lt File Setup Data Setup specified Minimum CTD Velocity or pressure lt previous maximum pressure Header View tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use Mini locity t J scan is marked with badflag TRU CCR De Tle Percent of mean speed For each scan a6 mean speed over last Window Size seconds Mi ETE weet TE 0 25 is computed If CTD velocity lt specified Window size s pa Percent of Mean Speed or pressure lt an previous maximum pressure scan is marked Percent of mean speed 20 with badflag Minimum CTD Velocity is used to evaluate data points in first time window If selected scans related to surface soak are marked with badflag MV Remove surface soak based on Minimum soak depth and Surf git fo Maximum soak depth note that aie Seas depihiTi 10 Surface soak depth is not actually A used in calculation of surface Minimum soak depth m 5 soak scans See drawing below default soak depth 2 for details Maximum soak de pthim 20 default soak depth 2 If selected s
109. Use String to define an additional parameter to pass to Module Not all modules have x parameters see module descriptions If specifying multiple x parameters enclose in double quotes and separate with a space Example Run Data Conversion telling it to skip first 1000 scans xdatcnv skip1000 w Wait for user input at start of Module allowing user to review setup before processing data for a particular Module After reviewing setup user clicks Start Process in Module dialog box to continue d Pause processing data at end of Module allowing user to review output from a particular Module before continuing with rest of processing If specifying multiple parameters insert one or more spaces or tabs between each parameter in the list Parameters specified on the Run line can also be used to control the process m Minimize SBE Data Processing window while processing data allowing you to do other work on computer w Wait for user input at start of each Module allowing user to review setup before processing data for each Module After reviewing setup user clicks Start Process in Module dialog box to continue d Pause processing data at end of each Module allowing user to review output from each Module before continuing with rest of processing 138 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation amp Batch File Processing SBE Data Processing
110. a 3 Chl Con flCdiff ug l 2nd sensor 1st sensor Diff 2 1 ug l f1CM Fluorescence Chelsea Mini Chl Con ug l fICM ug l fICUVA Fluorescence Chelsea UV Aquatracka ug l AICUVA ug l 1 sensor flCUVAI Fluorescence Chelsea UV Aquatracka 2 flICUVA2 ug l 2nd sensor ug 1 fICUVAdiff Fluorescence Chelsea UV Aquatracka Diff fICUVAdiff ug l 2nd sensor Ist sensor 2 1 ug l haardtC Fluorescence Dr Haardt Chlorophyll a haardtC haardtP Fluorescence Dr Haardt Phycoerythrin haardtP haardtY Fluorescence Dr Haardt Yellow Sub haardtY fISP Fluorescence Seapoint fISP 1 sensor fISP1 Fluorescence Seapoint 2 fISP2 2nd sensor fISPdiff Fluorescence Seapoint Diff 2 1 fISPdiff 2nd sensor Ist sensor flSPR Fluorescence Seapoint Rhodamine flSPR flSPuvO Fluorescence Seapoint Ultraviolet flSPuv 1 sensor flSPuvl Fluorescence Seapoint Ultraviolet 2 flSPuv2 2nd sensor flSPuvdiff Fluorescence Seapoint Ultraviolet Diff 2 flSPuvdiff 2nd sensor Ist sensor 1 flS Fluorescence Seatech flS Sea Tech fluorometer or WET Labs Flash Lamp fluorometer flT Fluorescence Turner 10 005 fIT flTAu Fluorescence Turner 10 Au 005 flTAu fISCC Fluorescence Turner Cor Chl RFU fISCC RFU SCUFA corrected chlorophyll 1 sensor fISCC1 Fluorescence Turner Cor Chl 2 RFU fISCC2 RFU SCUFA corrected chlorophyll 2nd sensor fISCCdiff Fluorescence Turner Cor Chl Diff 2 1 fISCCdiff RFU SCUFA corrected chlorophyll 2nd sensor Ist sensor flScufa Fluorescen
111. a prompt to save the program setup psa file if you make changes and click the Exit button or select Exit in the File menu without clicking or selecting Save or Save As If not selected program changes Exit to Save amp Exit to exit without saving changes use the Cancel button Confirm Instrument Configuration Change If selected program provides a prompt to save the configuration con or xmlcon file if you make changes and then click the Exit button in the Configuration dialog box without clicking Save or Save As If not selected program changes Exit button to Save amp Exit to exit without saving changes use the Cancel button Overwrite Output File Warning If selected program provides a warning if output data will overwrite an existing file If not selected program automatically overwrites an existing file with the same file name as the output file Inconsistent Data Setup Warning If selected program provides a warning if the configuration con or xmlcon file and or the input data file are inconsistent with the selected output variables For example if the user selected output variables include conductivity difference but you remove the second conductivity sensor from the configuration file a warning will appear The warning details what output variable cannot be calculated and allows you to retain the change to the configuration file and remove the inconsistent output variable or restore the c
112. a to the end of the file Click OK e Help contains general program help files as well as context specific help where applicable Note er F The dialog box for Sea Plot and Each module s dialog box typically has three tabs File Setup Data Setup SeaCalc III differ from the other and Header View The File Setup and Header View tabs are similar for most modules See Section 8 modules and are discussed below The Data Setup tab contains input Data Plotting Module Sea Plot parameters specific to the module Additionally Data Conversion and Derive and Section 9 Miscellaneous Module have a fourth tab Miscellaneous See the module discussions in Sections 5 SeaCalc Ill through 7 for details 12 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing The following examples and discussion of the File Setup and Header View tabs is for Data Conversion The other modules except Sea Plot and SeaCalc III are similar however not all fields are applicable to all modules File Setup Tab Directory and file name for file to store all information input in File Setup and Data Setup tabs Open to select a different psa file Save or Save As to save current settings or Restore to reset all settings to match last saved version See note above e Select to have program find con or xmlicon file with same name and in same directory as Z Data Conversion data file For example if processing test
113. abs ECO 5 NTU turbWETntu5 NTU 5th sensor turbWETntu5S Turbidity WET Labs ECO 6 NTU turbWETntu6 NTU 6th sensor turbWETntudiff Turbidity WET Labs ECO Diff 2 1 turbWETntudiff NTU 2nd sensor Ist sensor NTU upoly0 User Polynomial upoly 1 user polynomial sensor upoly 1 User Polynomial 2 upoly2 2nd user polynomial sensor upoly2 User Polynomial 3 upoly3 3rd user polynomial sensor vO Voltage 0 vO V 1 voltage sensor vl Voltage 1 vl V 2nd voltage sensor v2 Voltage 2 v2 V 3rd voltage sensor v3 Voltage 3 v3 V 4th voltage sensor v4 Voltage 4 v4 V 5th voltage sensor v5 Voltage 5 v5 V 6th voltage sensor v6 Voltage 6 v6 V 7th voltage sensor v7 Voltage 7 v7 V 8th voltage sensor v8 Voltage 8 v8 V 9th voltage sensor v9 Voltage 9 v9 V 10th voltage sensor v10 Voltage 10 vl0 V 11th voltage sensor vll Voltage 11 vll V 12th voltage sensor v12 Voltage 12 v12 V 13th voltage sensor v13 Voltage 13 v13 V 14th voltage sensor vl4 Voltage 14 vl4 V 15th voltage sensor vl5 Voltage 15 vl5 V 16th voltage sensor zaps Zaps nmol zaps nmol 170 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Absolute Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters TEOS 10
114. afile or JPEG format e Run in batch processing mode See Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing The Sea Plot dialog box differs somewhat from the other SBE Data Processing modules Each tab of the Sea Plot dialog box is described below as well as options for viewing printing and saving a plot 118 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Sea Plot File Setup Tab The File Setup tab defines the Program Setup file input data file s and output type orientation and if applicable file name The File Setup tab looks like this Input data directory and file names Select to pick a different file To process multiple files from File to store all information input in File Plot and Axis Setup tabs Open to select a different psa file Save or Save As to save current settings or Restore to reset all same directory settings to match last saved version 1 Click Select 2 In Select dialog box hold down Ctrl key while clicking on each n desired file If multiple files selected header in each File Options Help file must contain same set of sensors and variables File Setup Plot Setup Temperature Salinity Header View For overlay plots e If Sort Input Files selected in Options Program setup file menu Sea Plot sorts input files in alphabetical order H data Debbie S eaPlot psa If Sort Input Files not selected i
115. age listed under transmissometers Make sure to select both when configuring the instrument Enter Ch20 Vh20 VDark and X from calibration sheet Beam attenuation log Vh2o0 VDark log V VDark X Ch2o Beam transmission exp beam attenuation X 100 WET Labs C Star Enter M B and path length in meters Path length distance between lenses is based on sensor size for example 25 cm transmissometer 0 25m path length etc light transmission M volts B beam attenuation coefficient c 1 z In light transmission decimal where M Tw W0 YO A0 Y0 Al Y1 B M Y1 AO Vair factory voltage output in air manufacturer factory calibration A1 current most recent voltage output in air Y0 Vd factory dark or zero blocked path voltage manufacturer factory calibration Y1 current most recent dark or zero blocked path voltage Wo0 Vref factory voltage output in pure water manufacturer factory calibration Tw transmission in pure water for transmission relative to water Tw 100 or for transmission relative to air Tw is defined by table below Tw Transmission in Pure Water relative to AIR Wavelength 10 cm Path Length 25 cm Path Length 488 nm blue 99 8 99 6 532 nm green 99 5 98 8 660 nm red 96 0 96 4 90 2 91 3 Transmissometer Example from calibration sheet Vair 4 743 V Vd 0 002 V Vref 4 56
116. age from sensor Scale Factor and Dark Output are from calibration sheet Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to five WET Labs ECO NTU sensors Oxidation Reduction Potential ORP Calibration Coefficients Enter M B and offset mV Oxidation reduction potential M voltage B offset Enter M and B from calibration sheet 63 Manual revision 7 23 2 Notes e See Application Notes 13 1 and 13 3 for complete description of calibration coefficients for Beckman or YSI type sensors See Application Notes 64 and 64 2 for complete description of SBE 43 calibration coefficients The Tau correction tau T P 5V 6t in the SBE 43 or tau doc dt in the SBE 13 or 23 improves response of the measured signal in regions of large oxygen gradients However this term also amplifies residual noise in the signal especially in deep water and in some situations this negative consequence overshadows the gains in signal responsiveness To perform this correction select Apply Tau correction on Data Conversion s or Derive s Miscellaneous tab If the Tau correction is enabled oxygen computed by Seasave and Data Conversion differ from values computed by Derive Both algorithms compute the derivative of the oxygen signal with respect to time and require a user input window size gt Quick estimate Seasave and Data Conversion compute the derivative looking back in time because
117. al revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 21 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information Note The status response shown is for an SEACAT THERMOSALINOGRAPH V5 0 SERIAL NO 4300 07 15 2009 SBE 21 with firmware gt 5 0 The 14 23 14 response and the commands used to change the sample interval and the ioper 50 7 ma vmain 11 4 vlith 8 8 number of auxiliary voltage sensors samples 0 fr 5981649 differs for older firmware sample interval 5 seconds no of volts sampled 1 Sample interval SIS must match Sample interval seconds in con or xmlcon file Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled SV must match External voltage channels in con or xmicon file sample external SBE 38 temperature sensor External temperature sensor SBE38 must match Remote temperature in con or xmicon file this line appears only if SBE 38 is enabled SBE38 Y output format SBE21 Output format must be set to SBE 21 F1 to acquire data in Seasave start sampling when power on yes average data during sample interval yes logging data no v
118. alibration Coefficients 55 Oxygen SBE 43 Calibration Coefficients cceeceesceeseeseeeteeteeeteeees 55 Bottles Closed HB IOW Calibration Coefficients cee eeeeeeeeeeeees 55 Sound Velocity IOW Calibration Coefficients ss eesseeeeseeeesseeseeee 55 3 Manual revision 7 23 2 Table of Contents SBE Data Processing Calibration Coefficients for A D Count Sensors cccecceseeseeseeesceeteeeteeeees 56 Temperature Calibration Coefficients cccecceeseesceeseeeeceeeeneeeneeeneeees 56 Pressure Strain Gauge Calibration Coefficients cee ceeeceteneeeeeeees 56 Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors ccccecseesceeseesceesseeteeeteesseeenes 57 Pressure Strain Gauge Calibration Coefficients 0 cee ceeeeeteeeeeeeenees 57 Altimeter Calibration Coefficients ccccesccesecscecsecseeeeseeeeeeseeeseeneenseens 57 Fluorometer Calibration Coefficients ccccceeseeeeeseeeeeeeeceeeenseeneeeneeees 57 Methane Sensor Calibration Coefficients c ccccesceeseeeseeeseeseeeneeeseeees 62 OBS Nephelometer Turbidity Calibration Coefficients cece eee 62 Oxidation Reduction Potential ORP Calibration Coefficients 63 Oxygen Calibration Coefficients 2 0 0 0 ccccccceessesseeseeceeceseceseceneeeeeseeeneeaes 64 PAR Irradiance Calibration Coefficients cccccesceeseeeeeeereesteeneeeneeees 65 PH Calibration Coefficients 22 0 0 cecc
119. amples to average per scan SBE 49 samples at 16 Hz latitude longitude and universal time Scans to average f1 0 0625 seconds averages data and transmits averaged data real code to data header appends NMEA time Must agree with SBE 49 setup NAvg see reply from DS data to every scan and writes NMEA al iivea postion data added T NMEA depth data added data to nav file every time Ctrl F7 is NMEA device connected to deck unit J NMEA time added pressed or Add to nav File is clicked Note Whether NMEA device was connected to a deck unit or directly to computer during data acquisition in Seasave has no effect on data file Surface PAR voltage added NMEA device connected to PC used by SBE Data Processing and therefore has no effect on data I7 Scan time added processing Surface PAR Select if used with deck unit connected to Surface PAR Channel Sensor New CTD sensor Seasave appends Surface 1 Count Open to select different New to create new con or xmlicon file for this PAR data to every scan Adds 2 Open con or xmicon file channels to Channel Sensor table Save or Save As to See Application Note 47 3 Count Pressure Strain Gauge SVE save current con or Scan time Select if Seasave xmicon file settings appended time seconds since Save Ag January 1 1970 GMT to each data scan 2 Frequency Conductivity Click a sensor and Modify click Modify to change calibrati
120. and file name individually in each module Auto Start for running a module Select this and then select the desired module to have SBE Data Processing automatically run the module with the last saved setup parameters defined by the psa file and any entered Command Line Options e If you select Auto Start a Run Minimized selection box appears If selected SBE Data Processing minimizes its window while processing the data allowing you to do other work on the computer When processing is complete the SBE Data Processing window reappears 135 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation amp Batch File Processing SBE Data Processing Command Line Operation The following modules can be run from the command line default location for files is c Program Files Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 Module Executable File Name Align CTD AlignCTDW exe ASCII In ASCII InW exe ASCII Out ASCII OutW exe Bin Average BinAvgW exe Bottle Summary BottleSumW exe Buoyancy BuoyancyW exe Cell Thermal Mass CellTMW exe Data Conversion DatCnvW exe Derive DeriveW exe Derive TEOS 10 DeriveTEOS 10W exe Filter FilterW exe Loop Edit LoopEditW exe Mark Scan MarkScanW exe SeaCalc III SeaCalcll exe Sea Plot SeaPlotW exe Section SectionW exe Split SplitW exe Strip StripW exe Translate TransW exe Wild Edit WildEditW exe Window Filter W_
121. ank Perform calibrations using seawater with phytoplankton populations that are similar to what is expected in situ Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to six WET Labs WETStar sensors 61 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Methane Sensor Calibration Coefficients The Franatech formerly Capsum METS sensor requires two channels one for methane concentration and the other for temperature measured by the sensor Make sure to select both when configuring the instrument For the concentration channel enter D AO Al BO B1 and B2 Methane concentration exp D In B0 B1 exp Aye B yi pmol 1 B2 Vm AO AI Vt where Vt temperature voltage Vm methane concentration voltage For the temperature channel enter T1 and T2 Gas temperature Vt T1 T2 C OBS Nephelometer Turbidity Calibration Coefficients In general turbidity sensors are calibrated to a standard formazin However particle size shape refraction etc in seawater varies These variations affect the results unless field calibrations are performed on typical water samples e Downing amp Associates D amp A OBS 3 Backscatterance Note Enter gain and offset See Application Note 16 for output volts gain offset complete description of calculation of where OBS 3 calibration coefficients gain range 5 see calibration sheet for range
122. ariable to be plotted First contour line is plotted at this value subsequent lines are plotted at every Contour Interval Contour variable Starting contour value Contour interval Significant digits 0 10 2 Points per line 10 200 40 Label position 4 Label size 1 10 Distance of contour line labels from Y axis as a of X axis size 0 label contour lines on Y axis 100 label contour lines at far right of plot Select contour line thickness Contour line type Contour line color E Help 124 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Sea Plot Axis Setup Tabs Each Axis Setup tab defines a plot variable scale and line type e Axis tabs are labeled X Axis and Y Axis if an X Y plot was selected on the Plot Setup tab e Axis tabs are labeled Temperature and Salinity if a TS plot was selected on the Plot Setup tab X Y Axis Setup Tabs An Axis Setup tab looks like this for X Y plots X Axis 2 tab shown other axis tabs are similar Drop down list includes all variables in data cnv file Sea Plot indicates range of data for selected variable to assist setup of plot scale Range is full range of data in file s and does not reflect your selection of Scans to process Scans to skip at start Scans to skip between points etc in Process Options dialog box If file contains data collected while instrument was in air range reflects t
123. art time Start time for when ASCII In was run Provided for information only value that Loop Edit will Bad_flag use to mark bad scans and Wild Edit will use to mark bad data values Asciiin in Input asc data file File type Selected output file type ASCII data 112 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules SBE Data Processing ASCII Out ASCII Out outputs the header portion and or the data portion of a converted data file cnv e The data portion is written in ASCII engineering units to a asc file and may be useful if you are planning to export converted data for processing by other non Sea Bird software e The header portion is written to a hdr file Note The File Setup tab and The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Header View tab are similar SASHA Bel File Options Help If columns are labeled at top of each z page form feed character is inserted File Setup Data Setup Header View after selected number of lines page for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use M Output header file Lines per page g0 If selected scans marked I Output data fil with badfiag in Loop Edit will e al Column label for output data file Top of file not be output in data file Exclude scans marked bad Top of each page or No column labels Label columns No coluparrTabels LI v Column separator for output data file Column
124. ata 1 Freq Frequency P Shaded sensors acquisition in Seasave has no 2 Frequency Conductivity cannot be removed effect on data file used by SBE or changed to Open con or xmicon file Data Processing and therefore 3 Pressure voltage Pressure Strain Gaul another type of Save Save or Save As to save has no effect on data processing 0 sensor All others current con or xmlcon xpgen SBE 43 i i Surface PAR Select if using with ALAND voltage 0 9 are optional file settings deck unit connected to Surface 5 A D voltage 1 Fluorometer Chelsea Aqua 3 PAR sensor Seasave appends e Surface PAR data to every scan 6 SPAR yoltage Unavailable Adds 2 channels to i Channel Sensor table Do not 7 SPAR voltage SPAR Surface Inadiance increase External voltage channels to reflect this External voltage channels reflects only external voltages going directly to SBE 25 from auxiliary sensor See Application Note 47 Scan time added Select if Seasave appended time seconds since January 1 1970 GMT to each data scan Report Help Exit Cancel Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmicon file For command line generation Click a sensor and click Modify Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to change to pick a different sensor for that channel calibration A dialog box with a list of sensors appears coefficients for S
125. ata Processing just enter the serial number and calibration date Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an SBE 25plus interfacing with up to two SBE 38s or two SBE 50s SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor Calibration Coefficients The SBE 63 must be set up to output data in a format compatible with Sea Bird CTDs SetFormat 1 The SBE 63 manual lists the equation for calculating dissolved oxygen and the calibration coefficients see the manual on our website Enter the serial number calibration date and calibration coefficients WET Labs Sensor Calibration Coefficients If you select the WET Labs RS 232 sensor SBE Data Processing adds three lines to the Channel Sensor table If integrating an ECO Triplet select sensors for all three channels If integrating a dual ECO sensor such as the FLNTU select sensors for the first two channels and leave the third channel Free If integrating a single sensor select the sensor for the first channel and leave the second and third channels Free The following WET Labs sensors are available as RS 232 output sensors e Fluorometers ECO CDOM ECO AFL FL and WETStar e Transmissometers C Star e Turbidity Meters ECO BB and ECO NTU These sensors are also available as voltage sensors calibration coefficient information for these sensors is detailed above in Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors Values for the calibration coefficients are listed on the WET Labs calib
126. ata Processing window e lf Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e lf Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 16 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SEACAT V4 0h SERIAL NO 1814 07 14 95 09 52 52 082 If pressure sensor installed pressure sensor information appears here in status response must match Pressure sensor type in con or xmlcon file clk 32767 789 iop 103 vmain 8 9 vlith 5 9 sample interval 15 sec Sample interval SI must match Sample interval seconds in con or xmlicon file delay before measuring volts 4 seconds samples 0 fr 173880 lwait 0 msec SW1 C2H battery cutoff 5 6 volts no of volts sampled 2 Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled SVn must match External voltage channels in con or xmlcon file mode normal logdata NO 28 Manual revision 7 23 2 Note The SBE 16plus is availabl
127. ater Tables for high salinities 42 to 50 provides a method for calculating salinity in the higher range http unesdoc unesco org images 0009 000964 09645 1mb pdf Equations descriptions are provided for the following parameters density density sigma theta sigma 1 sigma 2 sigma 4 sigma t thermosteric anomaly specific volume specific volume anomaly geopotential anomaly dynamic meters depth salt water fresh water seafloor depth salt water fresh water Practical Salinity psu sound velocity Chen Millero DelGrosso Wilson average sound velocity potential temperature reference pressure 0 0 decibars potential temperature anomaly plume anomaly specific conductivity oxygen if input file contains pressure temperature and either conductivity or salinity and has not been averaged into pressure or depth bins also requires oxygen signal for SBE 43 oxygen current and oxygen temperature for SBE 13 or 23 or oxygen phase and thermistor voltage SBE 63 oxygen saturation oxygen percent saturation nitrogen saturation derivative variables descent rate and acceleration if input file has not been averaged into pressure or depth bins e corrected irradiance CPAR 148 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinit SBE Data Processin density p p s t p kg m density of seawater with salinity s temperature t and pressure p based on the equat
128. ation V 30 gain offset where Gain is dependent on cable used see cable drawing pins 5 and 6 e Seapoint Ultraviolet Enter range and offset Concentration V range 5 offset Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Seapoint ultraviolet fluorometers e Sea Tech and WET Labs Flash Lamp Fluorometer FLF Enter scale factor and offset Notes Concentration voltage scale factor 5 offset e See Application Note 9 for where eed ae ated Seema Scale factor is dependent on fluorometer range 2 pice ores Sea Se Switch Selectable Range Scale fluorometer calibration coefficients Fluorometer 3 Factor e Offset and scale factor may be dnilligrams m or micrograms liten gt adjusted to fit a linear regression of fluorometer responses to known 0 10 default 10 chlorophyll a concentrations Sea Tech 2 x 0 300 300 0 1000 1000 0 100 100 ee 0 300 default 300 0 1000 1000 Offset is calculated by measuring voltage output when the light sensor is completely blocked from the strobe light with an opaque substance such as heavy black rubber offset scale factor voltage 5 e Turner 10 005 This sensor requires two channels one for the fluorescence voltage and the other for the range voltage Make sure to select both when configuring the instrument For the fluorescence voltage channel enter scale
129. ation con or xmlcon file and have limited compatibility with SBE Data Processing SBE 39 39 IM and 48 SBE 39plus Glider Payload CTD 19 Notes e The example assumes that a configuration con or xmlcon file is available A configuration file is provided by Sea Bird when the instrument is purchased based on the user specified configuration and the factory calibration An existing configuration file can be modified in Configure Data Conversion Derive or Bottle Summary or in Seasave If you do not have a configuration file use SBE Data Processing s Configure menu to create the file The order for running Bin Average and Derive can be switched unless oxygen is being computed in Derive See the program modules for Sea Bird recommendations for typical parameter values for filtering aligning etc Use judgment in evaluating your data set to determine the best values Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences SBE Data Processing Processing Profiling CTD Data SBE 9plus 19 19p us 19plus V2 25 25plus and 49 The processing sequence is based on a typical situation with a boat at low latitude lowering an instrument at 1 meter second Program Module Function 1 Seasave Seaterm232 Seaterm or SeatermAF 2 Data Conversion Acquire real time raw data Seasave or upload data from memory Upload menu in Seaterm232 for 19plus V2 or 25plus or Upload bu
130. ations Corrected conductivity slope computed conductivity offset where slope true conductivity span instrument conductivity span offset true conductivity instrument reading slope measured at 0 S m Conductivity Slope and Offset Correction Example At true conductivity 0 0 S m instrument reading 0 00007 S m At true conductivity 3 5 S m instrument reading 3 49965 S m Calculating the slope and offset Slope 3 5 0 0 3 49965 0 00007 1 000080006 Offset 0 0 0 00007 1 000080006 0 000070006 The sensor usually drifts by changing span slope of the calibration curve typically resulting in lower conductivity readings over time Offset error error at 0 S m is usually due to electronics drift and is typically less than 0 0001 S m per year Because offsets greater than 0 0002 S m are a symptom of sensor malfunction Sea Bird recommends that drift corrections be made by assuming no offset error unless there is strong evidence to the contrary or a special need Wide Range Conductivity Sensors A wide range conductivity sensor has been modified to provide conductivity readings over a wider range by inserting a precision resistor in series with the conductivity cell Therefore the equation used to fit the calibration data is different from the standard equation The sensor s documentation includes the equation as well as the cell constant and series resistance to be entere
131. ble click on plot title and Legend shows line color and file names and plot colors or plot symbols if monochrome plot was Plot Setup tab appears type for each axis in first file selected on Plot Setup tab You can highlight 1 line all lines in allowing you to make if Show line legends selected 1 file or 1 line in all files with color or line symbol See below changes and reprocess data on Plot Setup tab 2a3A6d c Temperature ITS 90 deg Oxygen Current Beckman YSl uA Oxygen Current Beckman YSl UA ii 25 3h EGS Sea Plot iew Overlay Output Options View 0 6 1 0 1 5 Base lines from first file plotted at actual data points Other lines are offset from base 1000 line by amounts defined in Overlay Setup dialog box access from Plot Setup tab 15007 Zoom in to enlarge details by clicking and dragging Ki to select a rectangular area You can zoom in 5 F 2 k several times before reaching program limits Undo a 2000 7 Sy 5 te ty zoom by selecting Undo Zoom in View menu 0 i R t ue Q w a a W 2509 E E H Double click on axis or axis label temperature time etc and appropriate Axis Setup tab 3500 appears allowing you to make changes and reprocess data with new plotting parameters Temperature ITS 90 deg C If you select Show Plot Legend in the View menu the Plot Legend dialog box shows the color for each line in each file and allows you to apply a highlight color to a
132. calibration date 253 OBS D amp A 3 ad al a2 254 Secondary OBS D amp A 3 serial number 255 Secondary OBS D amp A 3 calibration date 256 Secondary OBS D amp A 3 a0 al a2 257 SBE 16 19 19plus 21 25 or 49 scan time added NMEA time added NMEA device connected to PC 258 SBE 43 Oxygen sensor use Sea Bird equation Soc2007 A B C E Voffset Tau20 DO Dl D2 H1 H2 H3 259 Secondary SBE 43 Oxygen sensor use Sea Bird equation Soc2007 A B C E Voffset Tau20 DO Dl D2 H1 H2 H3 260 File version of SB ConfigCTD dll which saved the con file 261 IFREMER OBS nephelometer sensor serial number 262 Primary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor calibration date 203 Primary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor serial number 264 Secondary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor calibration date 265 Secondary Beckman Oxygen Temperature sensor serial number 266 OW Oxygen Temperature sensor calibration date 267 OW Oxygen Temperature sensor serial number 268 Methane Gas Tension Franatech formerly Capsum METS sensor calibration date 269 Methane Gas Tension Franatech formerly Capsum METS sensor serial number 270 Secondary WET Labs ECO AFL fluorometer serial number 271 Secondary WET Labs ECO AFL fluorometer calibration date 272 Secondary WET Labs ECO AFL fluorometer vblank scale factor 213 Secondary OBS Nephelometer D amp A Backscatterance sensor serial number 274 Secondary OBS Nephelomet
133. cans previously IV Use deck pressure as pressure offset If selected pressure from first scan in file is used as a pressure offset in determining scans related marked with badflag for example in a previous run of Loop Edit will to surface soak See drawing below for details not be evaluated IV Exclude scans marked bad Note This affects only marking of surface soak scans and has no effect on pressure data in file If not selected scans previously marked with badflag will be reevaluated and scan s flag will be reset accordingly Start Process a Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Deck pressure scans marked with badflag Minimum pressure between when minimum soak depth was reached and maximum soak Minimum soak depth Depth Algorithm reached depth was reached First scan for removal not automatically marked with badfla ot surface Surface soak depth 9 soak data Maximum soak depth reached 102 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modu
134. ce Turner SCUFA RFU flScufa SCUFA chlorophyll 1 sensor flScufal Fluorescence Turner SCUFA 2 RFU flScufa2 SCUFA chlorophyll 2nd sensor flScufadiff Fluorescence Turner SCUFA Diff 2 1 flScufadiff SCUFA chlorophyll 2nd sensor Ist sensor wetChAbs Fluorescence WET Labs AC3 Absorption wetChAbs 1 m 1 m wetCDOM Fluorescence WET Labs CDOM mg m 3 wetCDOM mg m 3 1 sensor wetCDOM1 Fluorescence WET Labs CDOM 2 wetCDOM2 mg m 3 2nd sensor mg m 3 wetCDOM2 Fluorescence WET Labs CDOM 3 wetCDOM3 mg m 3 3rd sensor mg m 3 wetCDOM3 Fluorescence WET Labs CDOM 4 wetCDOM4 mg m 3 4th sensor mg m 3 wetCDOM4 Fluorescence WET Labs CDOM 5 wetCDOMS5 mg m 3 5th sensor mg m 3 wetCDOM5 Fluorescence WET Labs CDOM 6 wetCDOM6 mg m 3 6th sensor mg m 3 wetCDOMdiff Fluorescence WET Labs CDOM Diff 2 1 wetCDOMdiff mg m 3 2nd sensor Ist sensor mg m 3 wetChConc Fluorescence WET Labs Chl Con mg m 3 wetChConc mg m 3 WET Labs AC3 chlorophyll 162 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments flECO AFL Fluorescence WET Labs ECO AFL FL eco afl mg m 3 1 sensor mg m 3 flECO AFL1 Fluorescence WET Labs ECO AFL FL 2 _ eco afl2 mg m 3 2nd sensor mg m 3 flECO AFL2 Fluorescence WET
135. cellaneous Module SeaCalc III Notes e Algorithms used for calculation of SeaCalc is a seawater calculator that computes a number of derived variables derived parameters in Data from one user input scan of temperature pressure etc SeaCalc has two tabs Conversion Derive Sea Plot SeaCalc III EOS 80 Practical Salinity tab and Seasave are identical except as noted in Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinity and are based on EOS 80 equations Algorithms used for calculation of TEOS 10 parameters in Derive TEOS 10 and SeaCalc IIl TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity tab are described in Derive TEOS 10 in Section 6 Data Processing Modules e The first tab calculates Practical Salinity and associated parameters using EOS 80 equations SeaCalc remembers whether you last changed conductivity or salinity and calculates other parameters based on this For example if you change conductivity salinity is recalculated if you then change temperature salinity is recalculated again based on input C P and t Conversely if you change salinity conductivity is recalculated if you then change temperature conductivity is recalculated again based on input S P and t wax E05 80 Practical Salinity TEOs 1 0 Absolute Salinity Use this tab to calculate properties of seawater based on the Equation of Seawater 1980 EOS 80 which is a function of Practical Salinity PSS 78
136. cessing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Seapoint Turbidity sensors Seatech LS6000 and WET Labs LBSS Enter gain setting slope and offset Output volts range 5 slope offset where Slope is from calibration sheet Range is based on sensor ordered see calibration sheet and cable dependent gain see cable drawing to determine if low or high gain High Gain 2 25 7 5 75 225 33 Low Gain 7 5 25 250 750 100 Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Seatech LS6000 or WET Labs LBSS sensors Turner SCUFA Enter scale factor and offset NTU scale factor voltage offset corrected chlorophyll mx chlorophyll my NTU b where mx my and b coefficients entered for Turner SCUFA fluorometer chlorophyll results from fluorometer channel in SCUFA see Turner SCUFA in fluorometer equations above Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Turner SCUFA sensors WET Labs ECO BB Enter Scale Factor and Dark Output B Oc m sr E V Dark Output Scale Factor where V voltage from sensor Scale Factor and Dark Output are from calibration sheet Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to five WET Labs ECO BB sensors WET Labs ECO NTU Enter scale factor and Dark Output NTU V Dark Output Scale Factor where V volt
137. ck desired S m variable in list click Add Insert mS cm Exp e Change variable click existing variable in Variable Name column Delete Al us em click desired variable in list click Change Debt al Conductivity 2 e Insert variable click existing variable below desired sequence in cy creas ie Difference 2 1 REE Variable Name column click desired variable in list click Insert gD ensiy List includes all variables If Data Conversion requires additional information to compute a variable Densiy 2 Density Difference 2 1 that can be converted from Depth input data file or derived from variables in input data file t a dialog box appears after variable is selected with fields for required user input parameters t Descent Rate Frequency Channel Click Data to view modify user input parameters for selected variable if Modulo Error Count applicable Some variables share a user input parameter so changing a BENG 4 parameter for one variable automatically changes it for the other e Depth and average sound velocity use same latitude if NMEA data unavailable e Descent rate and acceleration use same time window size e All SBE 13 23 and 43 oxygen sensors use same time window size Tau correction and SBE 43 only hysteresis correction Note An alternate method of entering these parameters is on Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion dialog box
138. click on SBEDataProc exe SBE Data Processing modules can default location c Program Files Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 or be run from the command line e Left click on Start and follow the path Also batch file processing can be Programs Sea Bird S BEDataProcessing Win32 used to process a batch file to automate data processing tasks See Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation ioj x The SBE Data Processing window looks like this and Batch File Processing Runi Configure Help 1 Data Conversion 2 Filter 3 Align CTD 4 Cell Thermal Mass 5 Loop Edit 6 Derive 7 Derive TEOS 10 8 Bin Average 9 Bottle Summary 10 Mark Scan 11 Buoyancy 12 Wild Edit 13 Window Filter 14 ASCII In 15 ASCII Out 16 Section 17 Split 18 Strip 19 Translate 20 Sea Plot 21 SeaCalc III Command Line Options Exit The window s menus are described below e Run gt List of data processing modules separated into categories typical processing for profiling CTDs 1 8 other data processing 9 13 file manipulation 14 19 plotting 20 and seawater calculator 21 Select the desired module to set up the module parameters and process data Module Dialog Box provides an overview of the module dialog box for all modules except Sea Plot and SeaCalc II Sections 5 through 9 provide details for each
139. cpar CPAR Corrected Irradiance cpar croilflTCO Crude Oil Turner Cyclops ppb QS croilflTC ppb QS 1 sensor croilflTC1 Crude Oil Turner Cyclops 2 ppb QS croilflTC2 ppb QS 2 sensor croilflTCdiff Crude Oil Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 ppb croilflTCdiff ppb QS 2nd sensor 1st sensor QS density00 Density density kg m 3 density density kg m 3 1 sensor sigma 00 Density sigma theta kg m 3 sigmath sigma theta 1 sensor kg m 3 sigma t00 Density sigma t kg m 3 sigmat sigma t kg m 3 1 sensor sigma 100 Density sigma 1 kg m 3 sigmal sigma 1 1 sensor kg m 3 sigma 200 Density sigma 2 kg m 3 sigma2 sigma 2 1 sensor kg m 3 sigma 400 Density sigma 4 kg m 3 sigma4 sigma 4 1 sensor kg m 3 density11 Density 2 density kg m 3 density 2 density kg m 3 2nd sensor sigma 1 1 Density 2 sigma theta kg m 3 sigmath 2 sigma theta 2nd sensor kg m43 sigma t1 1 Density 2 sigma t kg m 3 sigmat 2 sigma t kg m 3 2nd sensor sigma 111 Density 2 sigma 1 kg m 3 sigmal 2 sigma 1 2nd sensor kg m 3 sigma 211 Density 2 sigma 2 kg m 3 sigma2 2 sigma 2 2nd sensor kg m 3 sigma 411 Density 2 sigma 4 kg m 3 sigma4 2 sigma 4 2nd sensor kg m 3 D2 D1 d Density Difference 2 1 density kg m 3 D2 D1 d density kg m 3 2nd sensor Ist sensor D2 D1 Density Difference 2 1 sigma theta D2 D1 th sigma theta 2nd sensor lst sensor kg m43 kg m43 D2 D1 t Density Difference 2 1 sigma t kg m 3 D
140. d in the program If the conductivity sensor serial number on the conductivity calibration sheet includes a w an indication that it is a wide range sensor for example 4216w 1 After you enter the calibration coefficients and click OK the Wide Range Conductivity dialog box appears 2 Enter the cell constant and series resistance from the instrument s documentation in the dialog box and click OK 54 Manual revision 7 23 2 Note See Calibration Coefficients for A D Count Sensors below for information on strain gauge pressure sensors used on the SBE 16plus and IM 16plus and IM V2 19plus 19plus V2 and 49 See Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors below for information on strain gauge pressure sensors used on other instruments Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Pressure Paroscientific Digiquartz Calibration Coefficients Enter the sets of C D and T coefficients from the calibration sheet Enter zero for any higher order coefficients that are not listed on the calibration sheet Enter values for slope default 1 0 do not change unless sensor has been recalibrated and offset default 0 0 to make small corrections for sensor drift e For the SBE 9plus also enter AD590M and AD590B coefficients from the configuration sheet Oxygen SBE 43I Calibration Coefficients The SBE 431 is the Integrated Dissolved Oxygen sensor used on the SBE 37 37 SMP ID
141. d on TEOS 10 Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Exit Cancel Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processin The Select Derived Variables dialog box looks like this Shrink All Expand al Shrink Expand f El Acceleration E Average Sound Velocity H Density density Ka m 3 sigma theta Ka m3 sigmart Kg m 3 Insert A F ji 1 Kg m 3 e Add variable click blank field in Variable Name column ae Keine click desired sensor in sensor list click Add Delete All sigma 4 Ka m 3 Sound Velocity Chen Millero m s Depth salt water m Change Delete Change variable click existing sensor in Variable Name Gl Depth column click desired sensor in sensor list click Change El Descent Rate List includes all variables Insert variable click existing sensor below desired Dynamic Meters 10 J Kg that can be derived from variables in input data file sequence in Variable Name column click desired Geopotentisl A
142. dat s Cancel Browse For the command line shown datcnvw exe itest dat s SBE Data Processing will process test dat test1 dat and test2 dat using Data Conversion If the wildcard symbol is used datcnvw itest dat instead of the Data Conversion will process only test1 dat and test2 dat Batch File Processing Note A duplicate copy of SBEBatch exe is placed in the Windows folder when SBE Data Processing is installed This allows the user to run SBEBatch exe from anywhere without having to specify its path Note SBEBatch can also launch system commands such as copying or renaming a file deleting a file from an intermediate step etc Additionally it can launch non Sea Bird programs such as Word Pad If you call a program that does not run and then shut down automatically such as Word Pad you must manually close the program before batch processing will continue to the next step Traditional DOS batch file processing cannot be used with the 32 bit processing modules because the Windows operating system will start the second process before the first process is finished The program SBEBatch exe default location c Program Files Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 or the Windows Scripting Host can be used to process a batch file to automate data processing tasks The format for SBEBatch is sbebatch filename parameters The parameters are referenced in the batch file in the same way as
143. data output rate 4 Hz or 8 Hz NMEA Select if NMEA navigation device used and whether NMEA device is l NMEA position data added NMEA depth data added connected directly to Deck Unit or to computer You can also append NMEA NMEA device connected to deck unit ja depth data 3 bytes and NMEA time data 4 bytes after Lat Lon data Seasave NMEA device connected to PC adds current latitude longitude and universal time code to data header V Surface PAR voltage added Il Scan time added Select if Seasave appends NMEA data to every scan and appended time writes NMEA data to nav file every time seconds since Ctrl F7 is pressed or Add to nav File is January 1 1970 clicked Note Whether NMEA device was connected to a deck unit or directly to computer during data acquisition in Seasave has no effect on data file used by SBE Data Processing and therefore has no effect on data processing Report Help Exit pont Configure SPAR Sensor Select if using with deck unit connected to Surface PAR sensor Seasave GMT to each Enter verify calibration data scan coefficients for Surface PAR sensor See Application Note 47 appends Surface PAR data to every scan 45 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status GetCD response in Seaterm232 that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Show
144. db Digiquartz pressure sensor prDE Pressure Digiquartz psi prE psi Digiquartz pressure sensor fgp0 Pressure FGP KPa fgp KPa 1 FGP pressure sensor fgp1 Pressure FGP 2 KPa fgp2 KPa 2nd FGP pressure sensor fgp2 Pressure FGP 3 KPa fgp3 KPa 3rd FGP pressure sensor fgp3 Pressure FGP 4 KPa fgp4 KPa 4th FGP pressure sensor fgp4 Pressure FGP 5 KPa fgp5 KPa 5th FGP pressure sensor fgp5 Pressure FGP 6 KPa fgp6 KPa 6th FGP pressure sensor fgp6 Pressure FGP 7 KPa fgp7 KPa 7th FGP pressure sensor fgp7 Pressure FGP 8 KPa fgp8 KPa 8th FGP pressure sensor pr50M Pressure SBE 50 db pr50 M db 1 SBE 50 pressure sensor pr50E Pressure SBE 50 psi pr50 E psi 1 SBE 50 pressure sensor pr50M1 Pressure SBE 50 2 db pr50 M2 db 2 SBE 50 pressure sensor pr50E1 Pressure SBE 50 2 psi pr50 E2 psi 2 SBE 50 pressure sensor prSM or prdM _ Pressure Strain Gauge db prM db strain gauge pressure sensor prSE or prdE Pressure Strain Gauge psi prE psi strain gauge pressure sensor pumps Pump Status pumps rfuelsO Refined Fuels Turner Cyclops ppb NS rfuels ppb NS 1 sensor rfuels 1 Refined Fuels Turner Cyclops 2 ppb NS fuels2 ppb NS 2nd sensor rfuelsdiff Refined Fuels Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 rfuelsdiff ppb NS 2nd sensor lst sensor ppb NS rhodflTCO Rhodamine Turner Cyclops ppb rhodflTC ppb 1 sensor rhodflTC1 Rhodamine Turner Cyclops 2 ppb rhodflTC2 ppb 2nd sensor rhodflTCdiff Rhodamine Turner
145. deg F pta090C Potential Temperature Anomaly ITS 90 pta 90 C ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor deg C pta090F Potential Temperature Anomaly ITS 90 pta 90 F ITS 90 deg F 1 sensor deg F pta068C Potential Temperature Anomaly IPTS 68 pta 68 C IPTS 68 deg 1 sensor deg C C pta068F Potential Temperature Anomaly IPTS 68 pta 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 1 sensor deg F ptal90C Potential Temperature Anomaly 2 ITS 90 ptal 90 C ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor deg C ptal90F Potential Temperature Anomaly 2 ITS 90 ptal 90 F ITS 90 deg F 2nd sensor deg F ptal68C Potential Temperature Anomaly 2 IPTS 68 ptal 68 C IPTS 68 deg 2nd sensor deg C C ptal 68F Potential Temperature Anomaly 2 IPTS 68 ptal 68 F IPTS 68 deg F 2nd sensor deg F 166 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments prM Pressure db pr M db User entry for moored pressure instrument with no pressure sensor prE Pressure psi prE psi User entry for moored pressure instrument with no pressure sensor ptempC Pressure Temperature deg C ptemp C deg C Temperature measured by pressure sensor ptempF Pressure Temperature deg F ptemp F deg F Temperature measured by pressure sensor prDM Pressure Digiquartz db prM
146. density sigma t or temperature salinity thermosteric anomaly temperature derived salinity density sigma t or temperature derived salinity thermosteric anomaly temperature salinity temperature conductivity pressure potential temperature salinity potential temperature salinity density sigma theta or potential temperature salinity thermosteric anomaly potential temperature temperature conductivity pressure potential temperature derived salinity density sigma t or potential temperature derived salinity thermosteric anomaly Variable to be calculated and plotted on contour lines density sigma t or sigma theta or thermosteric anomaly These variables are calculated by Sea Plot from data in input file and do not need to be in input file Significant digits to right of decimal point for contour line labels Define contour line smoothness 10 least smooth 200 smoothest Type size of contour line labels 1 smallest 10 largest Select contour line color for color plots Button is not enabled if monochrome plot was selected on Plot Setup tab Derived salinity requires actual temperature in the input file Potential temperature cannot be used in calculation of derived salinity If the TS Plot Setup button is clicked the following dialog box appears TS Plot Setup x Density Kg m 3 v Starting contour value is lowest value of contour v
147. der File Setup Data Setup Scan interval variable fgg Select Column Names N Select variable name associated with each column of data to be put in header Selection list includes all variables that can be output by Data Conversion and Derive as well as user defined variable names Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows start Process Processing complete when done rnb bi bah Cancel ASCII In creates a data file header containing the following information Label Description Number of columns fields of data NOTE ASCII In automatically adds 1 field to number of fields Nquan in input asc file i e if the asc file contains 3 columns of data then nquan 4 This field initially set to 0 is used by Loop Edit to mark bad scans Nvalues Number of scans converted Specified indicates units are specified separately for each Units variable Namen Sensor and units associated with data in column n Span n Span highest lowest value of data in column n Interval Scan rate seconds St
148. diment Calibration Coefficients The Sequoia LISST 25 sensor requires two channels one for scattering output and the other for transmission output Make sure to select both when configuring the instrument For the scattering channel enter Total volume concentration constant Cal Sauter mean diameter calibration a Clean H O scattering output Vso and Clean H O transmission output Vro from the calibration sheet For the transmission channel no additional coefficients are required they are all defined for the scattering channel Optical transmission t Vr Vro Beam C In t 0 025 1 meters Total Volume Concentration TV Cal Vs t Vso liters liter Sauter Mean Diameter SMD a TV 1n t microns where Vr transmission channel voltage output Vs scattering channel voltage output The calibration coefficients supplied by Sequoia are based on water containing spherical particles Perform calibrations using seawater with particle shapes that are similar to what is expected in situ Transmissometer Calibration Coefficients Note e Sea Tech and Chelsea Alphatracka See Application Note 7 for Enter M B and path length in meters Path length distance between lenses is based on sensor size for example 25 cm transmissometer 0 25m path length etc light transmission M volts B beam attenuation coefficient c 1 z In light transmission decimal where M Tw W0
149. ding to select same 2 Thin Solid gt Thin Solid line type for that file for 3 Thin Solid _ Thin Solid Pull down on box to all axes He tipe 4 Thin Solid 7 Thin Solid j ea Me eg qedted solecionend 5 Thin Sold Thin Sold setectes tie click OK 6 Thin Solid _ Thin Solid al 7 Thin Solid Thin Solid 8 Thin Solid 7 Thin Solid 9 Thin Solid 7 Thin Solid 10 Thin Solid gt Thin Solid a Sees Defaults Help Cancel 123 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing TS Plot Setup If a TS plot type is selected on the Plot Setup tab the TS Plot Setup button is enabled The TS Plot Setup defines the contour lines for the plot the user selects from the following contour types e Density contours Sea Plot calculates and plots sigma t contours if temperature is plotted or sigma theta contours if potential temperature is plotted see Axis Setup Tabs below for selection of temperature parameter Thermosteric anomaly contours The units for the parameters in the input data file do not affect the contour calculations For example temperature could be in C or F ITS 90 or IPTS 68 Sea Plot performs the required conversions to calculate the contours The following table defines the required input parameters for various combinations of temperature salinity and contours Input cnv file must To plot include temperature salinity
150. ding to select same line symbol for that axis for all files Line symbol dialog appears make desired selection and click OK Line Symbols x Axis 1 X Axis 2 Solid Circle S Solid Upward Triangle Solid Circle gt Solid Upward Triangle Solid Circle gt Solid Upward Triangle Solid Circle X Solid Upward Triangle E Pull down on box to Solid Circle v Solid Upward Triangle a pick line symbol for Solid Circle Solid Upward Triangle aeons Solid Circle 7 Solid Upward Triangle Solid Circle Solid Upward Triangle Solid Circle Solid Upward Triangle Solid Circle gt Solid Upward Triangle 1 SS SSS Defaults Help OK Cancel Double click on file heading to select same line symbol for that file for all axes Line symbol dialog appears make desired selection and click OK an SP ON DO wom Note If more than 10 files were selected on the File Setup tab Sea Plot repeats the line symbols and types defined for files 1 10 For example if 20 files were selected files 1 and 11 have the same line symbol and type 2 and 12 have the same line symbol and type etc Line Types Double click on axis heading to select same line type for that axis for all files Line type dialog appears make desired selection and click OK Line Types Lpovssvervesevesnveerrvssevcenvarrsvesessesrerssevsrevesrerenvery Double click on file Srmnsmsnnnatnarnnennnnnnnnnannnnnnannann hea
151. e Switch from e Binary to ASCII e ASCII to binary or e Binary to ASCII or ASCII to binary as applicable Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows z Processing complete when done Start Process Translate changes the following in the data file header Label Description File_type File type changes to ASCII or binary as applicable 117 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processin Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot Notes Converted data cnv files are typically created in Data Conversion and manipulated in other SBE Data Processing modules Sea Plot can plot data at any point after Data Conversion has been run For SBE 37 firmware lt 3 0 39 39 IM and 48 a converted cnv data file is created from an uploaded asc file using the Convert button in Seaterm s Toolbar For SBE 39plus a converted cnv data file is created from an uploaded xml file using Convert XML data file in SeatermV2 s Tools menu Algorithms for calculation of derived
152. e 2 ITS 90 deg C Gaussian median or triangle filter Conductivity 5 m A dialog box appears to enter AAE gt applicable filter parameters which Conductivity 2 5m Gaussian ss then display in Parameters column Densly siomatheta Ka m 3 NMeden H Salinity PSU 106 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Window Filters Descriptions and Formulas Shape and length define filter windows e Window Filter provides four window shapes boxcar cosine triangle and Gaussian e The minimum window length is scan and the maximum is 511 scans Window length must be an odd number so that the window has a center point If a window length is specified as an even number Window Filter automatically adds 1 to make the length odd The window filter calculates a weighted average of data values about a center point using the following transfer function L 2 y n w k x n k The figure below shows the impulse response of each of the four filter types for a filter of length 17 scans The impulse response of a filter is obtained by filtering a data set that has zeros everywhere except one data value that is set to 1 Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Boxcar Cosine i Gaussian Time Magnitude 107 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Note In the window filter equations
153. e 30 59 70 N NMEA Longitude 081 37 93 W NMEA UTC Time Oct LS 999 TORSTAI Store Lat Lon Data Append to Every Scan and Append to LO e579 NAV File When lt Ctrl F7 gt is Pressed k k k k kK k k k k E Sea Bird Sea Bird Header Test Ship Cruise Station Latitude Longitude ND 5 Inthe File menu select Save not Save As Something similar to the following message displays You are about to save the document in a Text Only format which will remove all formatting Are you sure you want to do this Ignore the message and click Yes In the File menu select Exit dat Files Sea Bird is not aware of a technique for editing a dat file that will not corrupt it Opening a dat file with any text editor corrupts the file by leaving behind invisible characters for example carriage returns line feeds etc when the file is closed These characters inserted semi randomly through the file corrupt the data format Sea Bird distributes a utility program called Fixdat which may repair a corrupted dat file Fixdat exe is installed with and located in the same directory as SBE Data Processing 18 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences SBE Data Processin Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences This section includes typical data processing sequences for each instrument Notes broken into four categories e The processing sequence may differ for your applica
154. e input file header SBE Data Processing uses the header value and ignores the user input latitude double latitude p pressure in decibars latitude in degrees fresh water salt water sin latitude 57 29578 x x 9 780318 1 82e 15 p 2 279e 10 gr return d 1 0 d gr wR ae 109260 ep 7 p 9 72659 p 5 2788e 3 2 36e 5 x p 2 251265 seafloor depth depth altimeter reading m 150 Manual revision 7 23 2 Practical Salinity PSU Salinity is PSS 78 valid from 2 to 42 psu Note Absolute Salinity TEOS 10 is available in our seawater calculator Sea Calc Ill See Section 9 Miscellaneous Module SeaCalc Ill All other SBE Data Processing modules output only Practical Salinity and all parameters derived from salinity in those modules density sound velocity etc are based on Practical Salinity Practical Salinity calculation Using the following constants Al 2 070e 5 A2 6 370e 10 A3 B4 3 107e 3 CO 6 766097e 1 Cl C4 1 0031e 9 C Computer Code static double a 6 constants for salinity calculation 0 0080 0 1692 25 3851 14 0941 7 0261 2 7081 3 989e 15 B1 3 426e 2 B2 2 00564e 2 C2 1 104259e 4 C3 double b 6 constants for salinity calculation 0 0005 0 0056 0 0066 0 0375 0 0636 0 0144 Salinity double C double T double P conductivity S m T
155. e was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes Channel Sensor New New to create new con or xmlicon file for this CTD Oper Open to select different con or Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmlcon file For command line generation of report see Appendix III Generating con or xmlcon File Reports ConReport exe If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 33 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 19 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SEACAT PROFILER V3 1B SN 936 02 10 94 13 33 23 989 strain gauge pressure sensor S N 12345 range 1000 psia tc 240 Pressure sensor strain gauge or Digiquartz must match Pressure sensor type in con or xmlcon file clk 32767 766 iop 172 vmain 8 1 vlith 5 8 mode PROFILE ncasts 0 Mode must be profile MP if set
156. e with an RS 232 Inductive Modem IM The xmlcon file for the SBE 37 is created by SeatermV2 version 1 1 and later series or RS 485 interface All when you upload data from the SBE 37 Note that you cannot save the SBE 37 commands to a particular 37 with IM configuration as a con file or RS 485 interface are preceded by ii where ii instrument ID 0 99 Therefore commands mentioned in the dialog box description below have a slightly different form for these versions iiGetCD iiDS iiDC etc Commands shown here are for the current SBE 37 firmware versions See the appropriate SBE 37 manual for commands for your instrument s 7 Time between scans Must agree with optional pressure sensor Must STURN ae Lal SBE 37 setup Sampleinterval see agree with factory setup see reply reply from GetCD or DS For 37 Sl SIP from DC display calibration Configuration file opened None and SIP IDO see note below coefficients if pressure sensor is included response includes pressure sensor coefficients If no pressure sensor included additional field for deployment pressure is used to calculate conductivity and derived Oxygen sensor variables such as salinity and Latitude is needed to calculate local gravity sound velocity Value shown is Deployment pressure dbar used in calculation of salt water depth If based on ReferencePressure enabled software uses input latitude in salt that was programmed into wa
157. e with an optional RS 485 interface All commands to a particular 16p us with RS 485 are preceded by ii where ii instrument ID 0 99 Therefore commands mentioned in the dialog box description below have a slightly different form for the RS 485 version iiDS iiPType iiVoltn and iiSamplelinterval Channel Sensor table reflects this choice 0 1 2 3 or 4 Must agree with 16p us setup for VoItN N 0 1 2 and 3 see reply from DS Voltage channel 0 in con or xmicon file corresponds to first external voltage in data stream voltage channel 1 to second external voltage in data stream etc Time between scans Must agree with 16p us setup Samplelnterval see reply from DS Select if using with deck unit connected to a NMEA navigation device Seasave adds current latitude longitude and universal time code to data header appends NMEA data to every scan and writes NMEA data to nav file every time Ctrl F7 is pressed or Add to nav File is clicked Configuration for the SBE 16plus Seacat Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 16pl us or 16p us IM Seacat C T Recorder Configuration The SBE 16plus can interface with one SBE 38 secondary temperature sensor one SBE 50 pressure sensor or up to two Pro Oceanus Gas Tension Devices GTDs through the SBE 16p us optional RS 232 connector Data from an SBE 50 pressure sensor is appended to the data stream and d
158. eawater conditions adjacent to the vent This function is specific to hydrothermal vent plumes and more specifically temperature and potential density anomalies It is not a generic function for plume tracking for example not for wastewater plumes One anomaly for one region and application does not necessarily apply to another type of anomaly in another region for a different application The terms are specific to corrections for hydrothermal vent salinity and local hydrographic features near vents They are likely not relevant to other applications in this exact form If looking at wastewater plumes you need to derive your own anomaly function that is specific to what it is you are looking for and that is defined to differentiate between surrounding waters and the wastewater plume waters specific conductivity C 10 000 1 A T 25 microS cm C conductivity S m T temperature C A thermal coefficient of conductivity for a natural salt solution 0 019 0 020 Sea Bird software uses 0 020 155 Manual revision 7 23 2 Note Oxygen ml l for the SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor is calculated as described in its manual Tau and hysteresis corrections are not applicable to the SBE 63 Note You can also enter the oxygen window size and enable disable the Tau and hysteresis corrections on the Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion or Derive as applicable Note The hysteresis correc
159. edited and manipulated number of scans averag ASCII string END flags end of header information teal time data transmitte minimum conductivity frequency for pump turn on 0 pump delay 45 seconds battery type ALKALINE 4 external voltages sampled stored voltage 0 external voltage 0 Start Process Cancel 127 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Viewing Sea Plot Plots Shown below are three examples e Multiple X Y plots no overlay e Multiple TS plots no overlay e X Y overlay plot Following the examples is a detailed description of the plot s menus Multiple X Y Plots No Overlay GE Sea Plot View 1 3 Output Options View Test Plot KBO01 CNV If plotting multiple files title bar indicates which file number is shown and total number of files plotted Use View menu or keyboard Arrow Home or End keys to switch between files Double click on plot title and Plot Setup tab appears allowing you to make changes and reprocess data Zoom in to enlarge details by clicking and dragging to select a rectangular area You can zoom in several times before reaching program limits Undo zoom by selecting Undo Zoom in View menu Pressu re db Double click on axis or axis label temperature pressure etc and appropriate Axis Setup tab appears allowing you to make changes and reprocess data with new plotting parameter
160. eeaes 17 Editing Raw Data Files onirin oeseri ienee ts onic a EE S ecu 18 Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences esessssesesesoeosscsesocoesosesososessese 19 Processing Profiling CTD Data SBE 9plus 19 19plus 19plus V2 25 D5 plus nd e a a a a O aas 20 Processing SBE 16 16plus 16plus IM 16plus V2 16plus IM V2 21 and 4S Data e r eee cel aie each Tic cea dere Oaten sedagineg ea etelak ae eh ewe eerste 21 Processing SBE 37 SM SMP SMP IDO SMP ODO IM IMP IMP IDO IMP ODO SI SIP SIP IDO and SIP ODO Data with a hex data file and Xmlcon configuration Tile rrii i E ox aeace A E N aisles 22 Processing SBE 37 SM SMP IM IMP SI and SIP Data without a configuration e Seene e E E E A ease E 22 Processing SBE 39 39 IM and 48 Data sseessseseessesesseseseeesseseessesersresersese 23 Processing SBE 39plus Data cccecccesccesesssseseceseceseeeseeeseeseeeeeeseceseeeeeeceeesaeentes 23 Processing Glider Payload CTD Data GPCTD 0 0 ee eeeeeeeeeceecneeeeeeeeseenees 23 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure sscsscsscssssssesseseeseeseeee 24 Introduction seri innean Satish incl atin acinus 24 Instrument Configuration ccccccccesceesecsecencceseecseeeseeseeeeeeeeceseeeeeesseesaeenaeentes 26 SBE 9plus Configuration cccccccccecsceescesceesceceecesecesecseeeeeeseeeeeeaeeceeerens 26 SBE 16 Seacat C T Recorder Configuration c ccescesceesesceeseeeeeeerees 28 SBE 16plus or
161. elect sensors after number of voltage that sensor channels have been specified above Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit of report see Appendix III Generating con or xmicon File Reports ConReport exe 41 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 25 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE 25 CTD V 4 1la SN 323 04 26 02 14 02 13 external pressure sensor range 5076 psia tcval 55 xtal 9437363 clk 32767 107 vmain 10 1 iop 175 vlith 5 6 ncasts 0 samples 0 free 54980 lwait 0 msec o stop upcast when CTD ascends 30 of full scale pressure sensor range 2301 counts CTD configuration number of scans averaged 1 data stored at 8 scans per second real time data transmitted at 1 scans per second real time data
162. emperature or xmlcon file for this or directly to computer during we hese CTD data acquisition in Seasave 2 Frequency Conductivity Open to select different has no effect on data file used 2 con or xmlcon file by SBE Data Processing 3 SenalAS 232 Temperature SBE 38 L Save or Save As to pH and therefore has no effect on 4 A D voltage 0 Said save current con or data processing Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to eee xmicon file settings another type of sensor All others are optional Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for that channel A dialog box with a list of sensors appears Select sensors after Click a sensor number of voltage and frequency channels have been specified above Modify and click Modify cannot be modified that shows to change Cancel all parameters in con or xmlcon Return to SBE Data Processing window calibration coefficients for file For command line e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in generation of report see Configure menu If you made changes and did os that sensor Opens a txt file for viewing only Appendix Ill Generating con or not Save or Save As program asks if you want to xmlcon File Reports save changes ConReport exe If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 39 Manu
163. ension Device type 229 Secondary Gas Tension Device sensor serial number 230 Secondary Gas Tension Device sensor calibration date 231 Secondary Gas Tension Device type 232 Sequoia LISST 25A sensor serial number 233 Sequoia LISST 25A sensor calibration date 234 Sequoia LISST 25A Total Volume Conc Const Sauter Mean Diameter Cal Clean Water Scattering Clean Water Trans 235 SBE 45 output conductivity Output salinity Output sound velocity Use 90402 junction box SBE 38 remote temperature 236 SBE 21 remote temperature type 237 SBE 50 serial number 238 SBE 50 calibration date 239 Secondary Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometer serial number 240 Secondary Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometer calibration date 144 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Il Configure con or xmlcon File Format SBE Data Processin 241 Secondary Chelsea Aqua 3 fluorometer scale factor slope offset vacetone vb vl 242 Chelsea UV Aquatracka serial number 243 Chelsea UV Aquatracka calibration date 244 Chelsea UV Aquatracka a b 245 SBE 49 temperature sensor serial number 246 SBE 49 temperature sensor calibration date 247 SBE 49 temperature sensor A0 Al A2 A3 slope and offset 248 Secondary Turner SCUFA OBS serial number 249 Secondary Turner SCUFA OBS calibration date 250 Secondary Turner SCUFA OBS scale factor offset 251 OBS D amp A 3 serial number 252 OBS D amp A 3
164. ensor Calibration constant is LI COR in water calibration constant Enter calibration constant M and B from calibration sheet e Chelsea PAR sensor Calibration constant 10 0 01 for units of microEinsteins sec m or 10 0 04234 for units of quanta sec m2 M 1 0 log e Al 1000 1 0 0 43429448 A1 1000 B M loge A0 M 0 43429448 AO where AO and A1 are constants from Chelsea calibration sheet with an equation of form PAR A0 Al mV Multiplier can be used to scale output and is typically set to 1 0 Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two PAR irradiance sensors Biospherical Surface PAR Sensor A surface PAR sensor is selected by clicking Surface PAR voltage added in the Configure dialog box Enter conversion factor and ratio multiplier pH Calibration Coefficients Enter the slope and offset from the calibration sheet pH 7 Vout offset K 1 98416e 4 slope where K temperature in degrees Kelvin Pressure FGP voltage output Calibration Coefficients Enter scale factor and offset output Kpa volts scale factor offset where scale factor 100 pressure sensor range bar voltage range volts Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to eight pressure fgp sensors 65 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Suspended Se
165. ent rate 158 Dynamic meters 149 E ECO 69 Editing data files 18 EOS 80 93 Exporting calibration coefficients 52 F FGP 65 File extensions 15 File formats 15 Filter 99 Fluorometer 57 Formulas 148 Frequency sensors 53 G Geopotential anomaly 149 Glider Payload CTD 23 51 GTD 70 H Headings 159 173 Instrument configuration 141 146 Irradiance 65 158 L Limited liability statement 2 Loop Edit 102 M Mark Scan 80 Methane 62 Modules 8 dialog box 11 N Nephelometer 62 Nitrogen saturation 157 O OBS 62 Optode 70 ORP 63 Oxidation reduction potential 63 Oxygen 64 156 Oxygen saturation 157 Oxygen solubility 157 P PAR 65 158 Parameter formulas 148 Parameter names 159 pH 65 Plot 118 Plume anomaly 155 PostProcSuite ini file 15 Potential temperature 154 Potential temperature anomaly 154 Practical salinity 93 Pressure 55 56 57 65 Processing data 18 Processing sequence Glider Payload CTD 23 profiling CTDs 20 23 SBE 16 21 SBE l6plus 21 SBE 16plus V2 21 SBE 16plus IM 21 SBE 16plus IM V2 21 SBE 19 20 SBE 19plus 20 23 SBE 19plus V2 20 SBE 21 21 SBE 25 20 SBE 25plus 20 SBE 37 22 SBE 39 23 SBE 39 IM 23 SBE 39plus 23 Manual revision 7 23 2 Index SBE Data Processing SBE 45 21 Strip 116 SBE 48 23 Translate 117 SBE 49 20 use 10 SBE 91 lplus
166. ents per sample 1 Sample interval SampleInterval must match Sample interval seconds in con or xmicon file pump run pump during sample delay before sampling 2 0 seconds transmit real time yes Real time data transmission must be enabled TxRealTime Y to acquire data in Seasave battery cutoff 7 5 volts pressure sensor strain gauge range 1000 0 Internal pressure sensor PType must match Pressure sensor type in con or xmlcon file SBE 38 yes SBE 50 no WETLABS no OPTODE no SBE63 no Gas Tension Device no Selection enabling of RS 232 sensors SBE38 SBE50 WetLabs Optode SBE63 GTD DualGTD must match Serial RS 232C sensor in con or xmlcon file Ext Volt 0 yes Ext Volt 1 yes Ext Volt 2 no Ext Volt 3 no Ext Volt4 no Ext Volt 5 no Number of external voltage sensors enabled Volt0 through Volt5 must match External voltage channels in con or xmicon file echo characters yes output format raw HEX Output format must be set to raw Hex OutputFormat 0 to acquire data in Seasave serial sync mode disabled Serial sync mode must be disabled SyncMode N to acquire data in Seasave 32 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 19 Seacat Profiler Configuration Seasave and SBE Data Processing always treat the SBE 19 as if it is a Profiling instrument 1 e it
167. er 200 WET Labs ECO AFL fluorometer calibration date 201 WET Labs ECO AFL fluorometer vblank scale factor 202 Userpoly 0 name 203 Userpoly 1 name 204 Userpoly 2 name 205 Franatech formerly Capsum METS serial number 206 Franatech formerly Capsum METS calibration date 207 Franatech formerly Capsum METS D AO Al BO Bl B2 T1 T2 208 Secondary PAR sensor serial number 209 Secondary PAR sensor calibration date 210 Secondary PAR sensor cal const multiplier M B offset 211 Secondary WET Labs WETStar Fluorometer sensor serial number 212 Secondary WET Labs WETStar Fluorometer sensor calibration date 213 Secondary WET Labs WETStar Fluorometer Vblank scale factor 214 Secondary Seapoint Fluorometer sensor serial number 215 Secondary Seapoint Fluorometer sensor calibration date 216 Secondary Seapoint Fluorometer gain offset 217 Secondary Turner SCUFA Fluorometer sensor serial number 218 Secondary Turner SCUFA Fluorometer sensor calibration date 219 Secondary Turner SCUFA Fluorometer scale factor offset units mx my b 220 WET Labs WETStar CDOM sensor serial number 221 WET Labs WETStar CDOM sensor calibration date 222 WET Labs WETStar CDOM Vblank scale factor 223 Seapoint Rhodamine Fluorometer sensor serial number 224 Seapoint Rhodamine Fluorometer sensor calibration date 225 Seapoint Rhodamine Fluorometer gain offset 226 Primary Gas Tension Device sensor serial number 227 Primary Gas Tension Device sensor calibration date 228 Primary Gas T
168. er D amp A Backscatterance gain offset 21O Secondary OBS Nephelometer D amp A Backscatterance sensor calibration date 276 Aanderaa Oxygen Optode serial number 277 Aanderaa Oxygen Optode calibration date 278 Aanderaa Oxygen Optode do salinity correction do depth correction internal salinity value 145 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Ill Generating con or xmlcon File Reports ConReport exe SBE Data Processin Appendix Ill Generating con or xmlicon File Reports ConReport exe Note You can also run ConReport from a Run dialog select Run in the Windows Start menu If you have not modified your autoexec bat file to put the ConReport exe file in the path statement specify the full path of the exe file in the Run dialog box The configuration file report is an ASCII txt file that shows all parameters in the con or xmlcon file in an easy to read form The txt report is for viewing only and cannot be used to modify parameters in the configuration file for processing data The txt file is generated by e Clicking Report in a Configuration dialog box see Instrument Configuration in Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure or e Using ConReport exe ConReport exe is run from the command line or from a DOS prompt and accepts wildcards for the file names so multiple reports can be produced at one time and reports can be placed into a specified directory ConReport is automatically installed
169. er of any dangers involved in operating this equipment Therefore acceptance of this system by the customer shall be conclusively deemed to include a covenant by the customer to defend indemnify and hold SEA BIRD ELECTRONICS INC harmless from all product liability claims arising from the use or servicing of this system Manual revision 7 23 2 Table of Contents SBE Data Processin Limited Liability Statement cscsscssssssssecsssesssscsssssssessesecseseesssesssessseseseees 2 Table Of COmtents vsscsisesssssssesssssssnssvessscnssesssesesescsessvasesosssnsssootsesdsesseastsedssnscsestsescs e 3 Section t INtrO MU CUO sscsssesasesescsusennsenesesonounsesonasesennsenesasenevesosennsobenseasonesenesasesenss 6 SLEAU aTe I ASEE NETEN ets uzenanhedattncenraweantoes cnasnpbanes E eek ianamenecenateatente 6 System Requirements a a E S 7 Products Supported E E foo E E E E E anys 7 SYAANI KOLE LDI LSS E E Mladic os E T E 8 Section 2 Installation and Use eseseesesesesoesesesosoesososesoscesesesosossesesosossesseseoseesese 9 Tins tall ata ttt sona ana e a neh es esto ido a RS Pe AES 9 Getting Started tannie araa HHA Aaron Mie thee hh aa NRE ASS 10 SBE Data Processing Window c ccescesssssscesceeeeeeseceecaeeeaeeeeeeneeeerenseens 10 Module Dialog Box crni prce cit anced ieee eer s 11 Fil Formats nemen ek SRE oe cheee a EAE com cin brataee t 15 Converted Data File cnv Format cccecccesseesceeseceeceeecseeeeeeseens
170. ernatively an ASCII text editor can in Seasave The data in the bsr file can be used by Data Conversion to create a be used to create the bsr file The ros file and the ros file can be used by Bottle Summary to create a bottle data format for the output bsr file is summary btl file Beginning scan for bottle 1 ending scan for bottle 1 The input mrk file contains one scan with the mark number system time Beginning scan for bottle 2 ending scan for and scan number for each time Mark Scan was clicked while in Seasave s Bottie 2 Mark Scan Control dialog box accessed by selecting Mark Scan Control in Beginning scan for last bottle ending scan Seasave s Real Time Control menu Mark Scan s output bsr file points to a for last bottle user defined range of adjacent scans for each marked scan Note that the output bsr file only contains the pointers to the scans and does not contain Note that a comma must separate the the data beginning and ending scan numbers The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this fs Mark Scan Oy x File Options Help File Setup Data Setup Note The File Setup tab is similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use Offset scans E Define the range of scans around each scan in i the mrk file to include in the bsr file Duration scans fio e offset number of scans before or after scan in bsr file for starter pointer e duration number of
171. eseeseceecesecenseceeecseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeneees 65 Pressure FGP voltage output Calibration Coefficients eee 65 Suspended Sediment Calibration Coefficients cccscesseeseeseceeeeerees 66 Transmissometer Calibration Coefficients ccccesceeseceeesecerseeseeeeeees 66 User Polynomial for user defined sensor Calibration Coefficients 68 Zaps Calibration Coefficients cceeccescceseeeecesceceeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeneens 68 Calibration Coefficients for RS 232 Sensors cccecceesseescesseeceeseeeteeeteeeeenees 69 SBE 38 Temperature Sensor and SBE 50 Pressure Sensor Calibration COCHICIENTS is ee tienes Meck tiie al nth atta E E E 69 SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor Calibration Coefficients 69 WET Labs Sensor Calibration Coefficients cccccceseeseeeseeteeteeeeeees 69 GTD Calibration Coefficients cccceccceescesseeseceeeeesecesecesecseeeneeeaeenseeses 70 Aanderaa Oxygen Optode Calibration Coefficients 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeteeeeees 70 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules scscssssssssssssesssscsssssssseseseeees 71 Data Conversio sario ea E NA EO EEES EAEE 72 Data Conversion Creating Water Bottle ros Files sssseessseseeseeesse 75 Data Conversion Notes and General Information s ssssssssesssesesseee seee 76 B ttle SUMMA e E EE E OEEO EE EER 78 Mark Scant sissec sctisecsscyebecostactbatcstes geestennacecssebsh eghecesveeueetsioctancvatpedue aescesaopseen
172. espond to conductivity advances of 0 5 seconds and 0 1 seconds respectively SBE 25 or 25plus For an SBE 25 or 25plus with a standard 2000 rpm pump a typical advance of conductivity relative to temperature is 0 1 seconds SBE 49 For a typical SBE 49 with TC duct and 3000 rpm pump do not advance conductivity If temperature is advanced relative to pressure and you do not want to change the relative timing of temperature and conductivity you must add the same advance to conductivity Example typical of an unpumped SBE 19 Advance temperature relative to pressure 0 5 seconds to compensate for slow response time of sensor If the CTD is lowered at 0 75 m s advance conductivity relative to temperature 0 seconds Calculate advance of conductivity relative to pressure to enter in Align CTD 0 5 0 0 5 seconds If the CTD is lowered at 2 m s advance conductivity relative to temperature 0 6 seconds Calculate advance of conductivity relative to pressure to enter in Align CTD 0 5 0 6 0 1 seconds 84 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Align CTD Oxygen Oxygen data is also systematically delayed with respect to pressure The two primary causes are the long time constant of the oxygen sensor for the SBE 43 ranging from 2 seconds at 25 C to approximately 5 seconds at 0 C and an additional delay from the transit time of water in the pumped plumbing l
173. ete profile descent and ascent made preferably to greater than 3000 meters is available H1 the effect s amplitude has a default of 0 033 but can range from 0 02 to 0 05 between sensors H2 the effect s non linear component has a default of 5000 and is a second order parameter that does not require tuning between sensors H3 the effect s time constant has a default of 1450 seconds but can range from 1200 to 2000 Hysteresis can be eliminated by alternately adjusting H1 and H3 in the con or xmlcon file during analysis of the complete profile Once established these parameters should be stable and can be used without adjustment on other casts with the same SBE 43 When you select oxygen as a derived variable Derive prompts you to enter the window size seconds and asks if you want to apply the Tau correction described above for Data Conversion You cannot apply the hysteresis correction in Derive to prevent users from applying the correction to oxygen voltage in Data Conversion and then applying it again in Derive providing erroneous results oxygen umoles kg 44660 oxygen mI Sigma theta 1000 156 Manual revision 7 23 2 Notes e The oxygen saturation equation based on work from Garcia and Gordon 1992 reduces error in the Weiss 1970 parameterization at cold temperatures As implemented in Sea Bird software the Garcia and Gordon equation is valid for 5 lt T lt 50 and 0 lt S lt 60
174. ever data from reversing thermometers is rarely accurate enough to make calibration corrections that are better than those possible from shore based laboratory calibrations Sea Bird temperature sensors rarely exhibit span errors larger than 0 005 C over the range 5 to 35 C 0 005 C 35 5 C year 0 000125 C C year even after years of drift A span error that increases more than 0 0002 C C year may be a symptom of sensor malfunction Pressure Strain Gauge Calibration Coefficients For SBE 16plus and IM 16plus and IM V2 19plus and 19plus V2 configured with a strain gauge pressure sensor and for all SBE 37s and 49s Enter pAO pAl pA2 ptempAO ptempA1 ptempA2 pTCAO pTCA1 pTCA2 pTCBO pTCB1 and pTCB2 from the calibration sheet Offset is normally zero but may be changed for non zero sea surface condition For example if the in air pressure reading is negative enter an equal positive value 56 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors Note Unless noted otherwise SBE Data Processing supports only one of each auxiliary sensor model on a CTD for example you cannot specify two Chelsea Minitracka fluorometers but you can specify a Chelsea Minitracka and a Chelsea UV Aquatracka fluorometer See the sensor descriptions below for those sensors that SBE Data Processing supports in a redundant configu
175. factor and offset concentration fluorescence voltage scale factor range 5 offset where range is defined in the following table Range Voltage Range lt 0 2 volts 1 0 gt 0 2 volts and lt 0 55 volts 3 16 gt 0 55 volts and lt 0 85 volts 10 0 gt 0 85 volts 31 0 59 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin e Turner 10 AU 005 Enter full scale voltage zero point concentration and full scale concentration from the calibration sheet concentration 1 195 voltage FSC ZPC FSV ZPC where voltage measured output voltage from fluorometer FSV full scale voltage typically 5 0 volts FSC full scale concentration ZPC zero point concentration e Turner Cyclops See Application Note 74 for complete Enter scale factor and offset and select measured parameter chlorophyll description of calculation of Turner thodamine fluorescein phycocyanin phycoerythrin CDOM crude oil Cyclops fluorometer calibration optical brighteners or turbidity coefficients concentration scale factor voltage offset where scale factor range 5 volts offset scale factor blank voltage Range and blank voltage are from calibration sheet Output units are dependent on selected measured parameter Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Turner Cyclops fluorometers Note e Turner SCUFA Note
176. files K data D ebbie test con Select Modify tath instrument configuration to input file Input directory K data D ebbie Input files 1 selected test dat x Select Output directory K data D ebbie Directory and file name for output data a e f more than 1 data file is to be processed Output file field disappears Name append and output file name is set to match input file name For example Output file test crv if processing test dat and test1 dat output files will be test cnv and test1 cnv gt SBE Data Processing adds Name append to each output file name Not processing before extension For example if processing test dat and test1 dat with a Name append of datcnv output files will be testdatcnv cnv and test1datcnv cnv Use Name append to save intermediate data files when input and output files have same extension Start Process Exit Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 13 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing Header View Tab iojxi File Options Help File Setup Data Setup
177. for data smoothing of cnv files e Window filters calculate a weighted average of data values about a center point and replace the data value at the center point with this average e The median filter calculates a median for data values about a center point and replaces the data value at the center point with the median Note The File Setup tab and The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Header View tab are similar EEE Window Filter Torx for all modules see Section 2 Fie ober Hela Installation and Use File Setup Data Setup Header View Interval between scans seconds 0 0416667 If selected data from scans marked with badflag in Loop Edit will not be used Specify Window Filters Select which variables to run Window Filter on and specify the filters Return to SBE Data Processing window e If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Start Process The Specify Window Filters dialog box looks like this Specify Window Filters xi Variable Name unit Pressure Digiquartz db Temperature IT5 90 deg C Gaussian Select none boxcar cosine Temperatur
178. g box appears select desired color meme aNd Click OK Color wheel dialog box appears see below Note If more than 10 files were selected on the File Setup tab Sea Plot repeats the colors defined for files 1 10 oon nn amp wh s oO For example if 20 files were selected files 1 and 11 have the same color 2 and 12 have Select Starting Color fo 00 Color Wheel X Axis 1 Click Select Starting Color and click desired color in color wheel then click Select Ending Color and click desired color in color wheel Sea Plot calculates evenly spaced colors 10 evenly spaced colors if you selected an axis or 4 evenly spaced colors if you selected a file Select desired color e Advance clockwise not selected Sea Plot brightness 1 least bright calculates colors moving counterclockwise 15 brightest around circle from starting to ending color e Advance clockwise selected Sea Plot calculates colors moving clockwise around circle from starting to ending color the same color etc Select Ending Color 30 00 T Byightness fiz x Advance clockwise To set 1 color for all selected lines click Select Starting Color and enter desired color value in box then tab to Select Ending Color box and enter same value again OK Cancel 122 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Line Symbols Double click on axis hea
179. g l mg l 1 sensor oxPS Oxygen Beckman YSI saturation ox S saturation 1 sensor oxMm Kg Oxygen Beckman YSI umol kg ox mm Kg umol kg 1 sensor oxdOC dT Oxygen Beckman YSI doc dt ox doc dt doc dt 1 sensor oxsML L Oxygen Beckman YSI 2 ml I ox2 ml l ml l 2nd sensor oxsMg L Oxygen Beckman YSI 2 mg l ox2 mg l mg l 2nd sensor oxsPS Oxygen Beckman YSI 2 saturation oxs S saturation _ 2nd sensor oxsMm Kg Oxygen Beckman YSI 2 umol kg oxs mm Kg umol kg 2nd sensor oxsdOC dT Oxygen Beckman YSI 2 doc dt oxs doc dt doc dt 2nd sensor iowOxML L Oxygen IOW ml I iowox ml l ml l oxsolML L Oxygen Saturation Garcia amp Gordon ml l _ oxsol ml I ml l oxsolMg L Oxygen Saturation Garcia amp Gordon mg l oxsol mg l mg l oxsolMm Kg Oxygen Saturation Garcia amp Gordon oxsol Mm kg umol kg umol kg oxsatML L Oxygen Saturation Weiss ml 1 oxsat ml l ml l oxsatMg L Oxygen Saturation Weiss mg l oxsat mg l mg l oxsatMm Kg Oxygen Saturation Weiss umol kg oxsat Mm kg umol kg par PAR Irradiance Biospherical Licor par Biospherical Licor or Chelsea sensor 1 sensor parl PAR Irradiance Biospherical Licor 2 par2 Biospherical Licor or Chelsea sensor 2nd sensor ph pH ph phycyflTCO Phycocyanin Turner Cyclops RFU phycyflTC RFU 1 sensor phycyflTCl Phycocyanin Turner Cyclops 2 RFU phycyflTC2 RFU 2nd sensor phycyflTCdiff Phycocyanin Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 phycyflTCdiff RFU 2nd sensor 1st sensor RFU phyeryflT
180. ging scale factor Vblank scale factor V a0 al V a0 scale factor Vblank al scale factor a2 a3 0 Zaps Calibration Coefficients Enter M and B from calibration sheet z M volts B nmoles 68 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Calibration Coefficients for RS 232 Sensors Notes e The SBE 38 is compatible only with the SBE 16plus V2 16plus IM V2 19plus V2 and 25plus e The SBE 50 is compatible only with the SBE 16plus V2 16plus IM V2 and 25plus See the CTD manual for required setup for the SBE 38 and SBE 50 Note The SBE 63 is compatible only with the SBE 16plus V2 19plus V2 and ODO MicroCATs 37 SMP ODO SIP ODO IMP ODO See the CTD manual for required setup for the SBE 63 Note WET Labs RS 232 sensors are compatible only with the SBE 16plus V2 16plus IM V2 19plus V2 and 25plus See the CTD manual for required setup for the WET Labs RS 232 sensor Unless otherwise noted SBE Data Processing supports only one of each auxiliary sensor model for example you cannot specify two Aanderaa Optodes SBE 38 Temperature Sensor and SBE 50 Pressure Sensor Calibration Coefficients The SBE 38 must be set up to output converted data C when integrated with a CTD The SBE 50 must be set up to output converted data psia when integrated with a CTD Therefore calibration coefficients are not required in SBE D
181. herwise use the offset default 0 0 to make small corrections for sensor drift between calibrations Calibration coefficients are discussed below for each type of sensor temperature and strain gauge pressure sensor Temperature Calibration Coefficients For SBE 16plus and IM 16plus and IM V2 19plus 19plus V2 37 and 49 Enter a0 al a2 and a3 from the calibration sheet Enter values for slope default 1 0 and offset default 0 0 to make small corrections for temperature sensor drift between calibrations Corrected temperature slope computed temperature offset where slope true temperature span instrument temperature span offset true temperature instrument reading slope measured at 0 C Temperature Slope and Offset Correction Example At true temperature 0 0 C instrument reading 0 0015 C At true temperature 25 0 C instrument reading 25 0005 C Calculating the slope and offset Slope 25 0 0 0 25 0005 0 0015 1 000040002 Offset 0 0 0 0015 1 000040002 0 001500060 Sea Bird temperature sensors usually drift by changing offset typically resulting in lower temperature readings over time Sea Bird s data indicates that the drift is smooth and uniform with time allowing users to make very accurate corrections based only on pre and post cruise laboratory calibrations Calibration checks at sea are advisable to ensure against sensor malfunction how
182. hese values If multiple files were selected on File Setup tab range is lowest value in all files to highest value in all files If selected variable is derived salinity or derived density variable range shown is 0 to 0 because Sea Plot does not know derived salinity or density values until you click Start Process and it begins to calculate derived values Order in drop down list reflects order of variables in file If file contains multiple occurrences of a variable for example you calculated salinity in Data Conversion and then again in Derive after aligning and filtering data list adds a suffix 1 2 39 etc to variable name do not confuse this with labeling for data from duplicate sensors for example Salinity 2 PSU 1 is first occurrence in file of salinity calculated from secondary temperature and conductivity sensor data Make sure to select desired variable for plotting Include this axis in plot Sea Plot RESSU can plot up to 5 variables 1 Y ile Options Help and 4 X or 1 X and 4 Y At least 1 X and 1Y variable is required so this selection is available only on Axis Setup tab for third s fourth and fifth axis V Include axis Note If you deselect an axis all b axes numbered above that axis Variable are automatically deselected File Setup Plot Setup Y Axis X Axis j x Axis 3 x Axis 4 Header View Conductivity Sm Variable range is from 2 887419 to 3 666369 Select des
183. iable in current bin P center value for pressure in current bin X interpolated value of variable value at center pressure P Xe Xp Pi Pp Pe Pp Xp 4 Repeat Steps through 3 for each variable 5 Compute the center value and Repeat Steps 1 through 4 for the next bin Values for the first bin are interpolated after averages for the second bin are calculated values from the next second bin instead of the previous bin are used in the equations Depth Bins with or without interpolation Depth bin processing is similar to processing pressure bins but bin size and center values are based on depth Scan Number Bins Scan number bin processing is similar to processing pressure bins without interpolation If exclude scans marked bad is selected Bin Average averages bin size good scans not marked with badflag in Loop Edit Example Bin size is 100 First bin should include scans 50 149 However scans 93 94 and 126 are marked with badflag in Loop Edit and the user selected exclude scans marked bad To include 100 valid scans in the average Bin Average includes scans 50 152 in the first bin Time Bins Time bin processing is similar to processing pressure bins without interpolation Bin Average determines the number of scans to include based on the input bin size and the data sampling interval Number of scans bin size seconds interval or Number of scans bin size hours x 3600 seconds hour
184. ick a sensor and click Modify to change the calibration coefficients for that sensor or right click on the sensor and select Modify Calibration or double click on the sensor the calibration coefficients dialog box for the sensor appears example is shown for a PH sensor SS 8 amp 8 CX Serial number if Calibration date Oo Slope ooo Offset ooo Import Export ILo Cancel NR Importing and Exporting Calibration Coefficients Calibration coefficient dialog boxes contain Import and Export buttons which can be used to simplify entering calibration coefficients These buttons are particularly useful when swapping sensors from one instrument to another allowing you to enter calibration coefficients without the need for typing or the resulting possibility of typographical errors An example dialog box is shown above for a pH sensor The Export button allows you to export coefficients for the selected sensor to an XML file If you move that sensor onto another instrument you can then import the coefficients from the XML file when setting up the con or xmlcon configuration file for that instrument The Import button allows you to import coefficients for the selected sensor from another con or xmlcon file or from an XML file When you click the Import button a dialog box appears Select the desired file type and then browse to and select the file e con or xmlcon configuration file opens a con or x
185. idth and Height Values Entered Below dimensions entered in dialog box in mm View Sets up viewing options e Show cursor position Directs Sea Plot to show the coordinates of the cursor as you move the cursor around when viewing a plot e Next Plot Prior Plot Directs Sea Plot to switch between plots if you selected multiple files on File Setup tab but are not doing an overlay plot e File name Lists and allows you to select from all input files if you selected multiple files on File Setup tab but are not doing an overlay plot e Show plot legends For overlay plots only allows you to view a complete list of file names and plot colors or plot symbols if monochrome plot was selected on Plot Setup tab e Undo Zoom Directs Sea Plot to return plot to original ranges specified on Axis Setup tabs Undo Zoom is grayed out unless you have zoomed in by clicking and dragging to select a rectangular area to enlarge details e Set Zoomed Ranges Directs Sea Plot to substitute current zoomed ranges of plot for Minimum and Maximum plot ranges on Axis Setup tabs This provides ability to save ranges of zoomed view so you can go to exactly same view next time you run Sea Plot Set Zoomed Ranges is grayed out unless you have zoomed in by clicking and dragging to select a rectangular area to enlarge details 131 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 9 Miscellaneous Module SeaCalc III SBE Data Processin Section 9 Mis
186. imate of the data s true standard deviation while the second pass replaces the appropriate data with badflag Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this EE Wild Edit X4il wild Edit operates P x as follows Eile Options Help 1 Compute mean and standard deviation of data in block specified by Scans per Block for each selected variable Temporarily flag values that differ from mean by more than standard deviations specified for pass 1 File Setup Data Setup Header View Standard deviations for pass one Standard deviations for pass two If selected data from scans marked with badflag in Loop Edit will not be used in Scans per block 700 1h Keep data within this distance of the mean fo calculating mean and standard deviation Select which variables y 4 x to run Wild Edit on Select Wild Edit Variables Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Do not flag data within this distance of mean even if it falls outside specified standard deviation Set to a value where difference between data and mean would indicate a wild point May need to use if data is very quiet for example a single bit change in voltage may cause data to fall outside specified standard deviation and be marked bad A typical se
187. in a txt file all selections Serial RS 232C sensor are grayed out Temperature SBE 38 v Serial RS 232 Fluorometer WET Labs WET star Serial RS 232 Transmissometer WET Labs C Star Modify Serial RS 232 Turbidity Meter WET Labs ECO NTU Serial RS 232 Temperature SBE 38 Channel Sensor Select _Modiy Report Help Exit Cancel 44 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Note If you selected Collect real time data with Seasave and or process real time This tab is grayed out if you selected T Process XML file uploaded from CTD HEX file click the Real Time Options tab memory on the first tab because data is memory is always saved at 16 Hz and NMEA Surface PAR and scan time data is not available in an uploaded file Configuration for the SBE 25plus Sealogger CID File T C P Voltage Sensors Serial Sensors Real Time Options Select if deck unit used and select C No deck unit baud rate at which CTD was set to C SBE 33 or SBE 36 deck unit communicate CTD baud rate SetBaudConsole Pti Real time data output rate is calculated by the 25plus based on number of voltages exported CTD baud rate and if CTD baud rate is 4800 historic rate Must agree with SetHistoricRate in ep Airi ge a 25plus See reply from GetCD Historic rate 0 Real time data output rate 2 Hz or 4 Hz Historic rate 1 Real time
188. ine As with temperature and conductivity you can compensate for this delay by shifting oxygen data relative to pressure Typical advances for the SBE 43 13 or 23 are Instrument Advance of Oxygen Relative to Pressure seconds 9plus 2 to 5 19plus or 19plus V2 ae 19 not plus 3 to 7 pumped 1 to 5 unpumped 25 or 25plus 3 to 7 Align CTD adds the following to the data file header Label Description Alignctd date Date and time that module was run Alignectd_in Input cnv converted data file Alignctd_adv_ Variables aligned and their respective alignment times 85 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Bin Average Note Bin Average averages data using averaging intervals based on Align CTD which aligns parameter data in time relative to pressure e pressure range cannot be run on files that have been averaged into pressure or depth bins e depth range in Bin Average If alignment is necessary run Align CTD before e running Bin Average scan number range or e time range The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar for all modules see BE Bin Average pS imi i i 5 aaa Average by FRENON cl ca File Options Help e oe with or without interpolation e depth with or without interpolation e scan number File Setup Data Setup
189. ine Contents 1 Conductivity sensor serial number 2 Conductivity M A B C D CPCOR 3 Conductivity cell const series r slope offset use GHIJ coefficients 4 Temperature sensor serial number 5 Temperature FO A B C D slope offset use GHIJ coefficients 6 Secondary conductivity sensor serial number 7 Secondary conductivity M A B C D PCOR 8 Secondary conductivity cell const series r slope offset use GHIJ coefficients 9 Secondary temperature sensor serial number 0 Secondary temperature FO A B C D slope offset use GHIJ coefficients 1 Pressure sensor serial number 2 Pressure Tl T2 T3 T4 T5 3 Pressure Cl Al C2 A0 C3 C4 A2 parameters in parentheses for strain gauge sensor 4 Pressure D1 D2 slope offset pressure sensor type AD590 M AD590 B 5 Oxygen Beckman YSI type sensor serial number 6 Oxygen Beckman YSI type M B K C SOC TCOR 7 Oxygen Beckman YSI type WT PCOR TAU BOC 8 pH sensor serial number 9 pH slope offset VREF 20 PAR light sensor serial number 21 PAR cal const multiplier M B surface cc surface r offset 22 Transmissometer SeaTech Chelsea AlphaTracka WET Labs Cstar sensor serial number 23 Transmissometer SeaTech Chelsea AlphaTracka WET Labs Cstar M B path length 24 Fluorometer SeaTech sensor serial number 25 Fluorometer SeaTech scale factor offset 26 Tilt sensor serial number 27 Tilt XM XB YM YB 28 ORP sensor serial number 29 ORP M B offset 30 OBS
190. ing Note See Application Note 94 for information on wide range calibrations Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Conductivity Calibration Coefficients Enter g h i j Ctcor or a b c d m and Cpcor from the calibration sheet e Cpcor makes a correction for the highly consistent change in dimensions of the conductivity cell under pressure The default is the compressibility coefficient for borosilicate glass 9 57e 08 Some sensors fabricated between 1992 and 1995 serial numbers between 1100 and 1500 exhibit a compression that is slightly less than pure borosilicate glass For these sensors the hermetic epoxy jacket on the glass cell is unintentionally strong creating a composite pressure effect of borosilicate and epoxy For sensors tested to date this composite pressure coefficient ranges from 9 57e 08 to 6 90e 08 with the latter value producing a correction to deep ocean salinity of 0 0057 PSU in 5000 dbars pressure approximately 0 001 PSU per 1000 dbars Before modifying Cpcor confirm that the sensor behaves differently from pure borosilicate glass Sea Bird can test your cell and calculate Cpcor Alternatively test the cell by comparing computed salinity to the salinity of water samples from a range of depths calculated using an AutoSal Enter values for slope default 1 0 and offset default 0 0 to make small corrections for conductivity sensor drift between calibr
191. ing Derive if salinity and density are the only derived parameters you are interested in Alternatively you can calculate and plot derived salinity and or derived density even if salinity and density are already in the input file the values may differ because of processing steps performed on C T or P after Derive was run Note that the calculations for derived salinity and derived density are based on EOS 80 equations Practical Salinity For TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity you must calculate the parameters in Derive TEOS 10 before plotting with Sea Plot e Plot time series data the time scale selections include Julian Days elapsed time in hours minutes or seconds or date and time e Create contour plots generating density sigma t or sigma theta or thermosteric anomaly contours on temperature salinity TS plots e Process and plot multiple input files that contain the same variables and with the same setup parameters each on their own plot allowing the user to quickly switch the view from one file to the next e Process and plot multiple input files that contain the same variables on an overlay plot allowing the user to view multiple sets of data at the same time If desired the user can offset each file on the plot to create a waterfall plot e Zoom in on plot features e Send plots to a printer save plots to the clipboard for insertion in another program such as Microsoft Word or save plots as graphic files in bitmap met
192. interval Bin Average has the following x parameter when run from the Command Line Options dialog box from the command line or with batch file processing x Parameter Description xbinavg cN N center value for first bin See Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing for details on using parameters Bin Average adds the following to the data file header Label Description Binavg date Date and time that module was run Binavg in Input cnv converted data file Binavg bintype Bin type pressure depth scan time in seconds or hours Binavg binsize Bin size Binavg excl___ If yes values from scans marked with badflag in Loop bad_scans Edit are not included in average Binavg skipover Number of scans skipped over Binavg surface_ Surface bin included Minimum and maximum values bin for surface bin 88 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Buoyancy Note Buoyancy calculates buoyancy Brunt Vaisala frequency N and stability E The input cnv file for Buoyancy must using the Fofonoff adiabatic leveling method Bray N A and N P Fofonoff have been processed with Bin 1981 Available potential energy for MODE eddies Journal of Physical Average on pressure bins with or Oceanography 11 30 46 without interpolation and must contain pressure temperatu
193. ion of state for seawater EOS80 Density calculation Using the following constants BO 8 24493e 1 Bl 4 0899e 3 B2 7 6438e 5 B3 8 2467e 7 B4 5 3875e 9 CO 5 72466e 3 Cl 1 0227e 4 C2 1 6546e 6 DO 4 8314e 4 A0 999 842594 Al 6 793952e 2 A2 9 095290e 3 A3 1 001685e 4 A4 1 120083e 6 A5 6 536332e 9 FQO 54 6746 FQ1 0 603459 FQ2 1 09987e 2 FQ3 6 1670e 5 GO 7 944e 2 Gl 1 6483e 2 G2 5 3009e 4 i0 2 2838e 3 il 1 098le 5 i2 1 6078e 6 JO 1 91075e 4 MO 9 9348e 7 M1 2 0816e 8 M2 9 1697e 10 EO 19652 21 El 148 4206 E2 2 327105 E3 1 360477e 2 E4 5 155288e 5 HO 3 239908 H1 1 43713e 3 H2 1 16092e 4 H3 5 77905e 7 KO 8 50935e 5 K1 6 12293e 6 K2 5 2787e 8 C Computer Code double Density double s double t double p s salinity PSU t temperature deg C ITPS 68 p pressure in decibars double t2 t3 t t5 B32 double sigma k kw aw bw double val t2 ENE E3 TREZ t4 GIES ES t t4 if s lt 0 0 s 0 000001 32 pow s 1 5 p 10 0 convert decibars to bars sigma AO Al t A2 t2 A3 t3 A4 t4 A5 t5 BO Bl t B2 t2 B3 t3 B4 t4 s CO ANCL C2 t2 s 32 DOS AS kw EO El t E2 t2 E3 t3 E4 t4 aw HO H1 t H2 t2 H3 t3 bw KO K1l t K2 t2 k kw FQO FQI t FQ2 t2 FQ3 t3 s GO G1 t G2 t2 s32 aw 10 i1 t i2 t2 s JO s32 p bw M
194. ipboard from clipboard you can jpg files output files will be test jpg and test1 jpg paste plot into another application Not processing e Sea Plot adds Name append to each output file name before extension For example if processing test cnv and test1 cnv with a Name append of CTDpH and outputting jpg files output files will be testCTDpH jpg and test1CTDpH jpg such as Microsoft Word Orientation if outputting to printer Driver default Landscape or Portrait If Driver default selected orientation determined by default for printer you select Start Process Print full page Applicable for outputting to printer If selected Sea Plot sizes plot to fit 81 2 x 11 inch paper If not selected input desired plot size Units Width and Height Units Width and Height Plot size Applicable when outputting to printer if Print full page was not selected or graphics file Return to SBE Data Processing window Click Start Process to begin e If Confirm Program Setup Change selected in Options processing data Status field menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save shows Processing complete As program asks if you want to save changes when done e If Confirm Program Setup Change not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 119 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Pr
195. ired Line type color and symbol ae A e Selection of color or monochrome Select tolabel axis with variable MV Label axis with variable name plot and inclusion of symbols in plot Wales listed in drop down is made on Plot Setup tab and Variable list or enter a Custom Custom label applies to all axes label for axis If an overlay plot was selected on Plot Setup tab line type color and Line type Thin Solid symbol are grayed out select these for all files using Overlay Setup meas a Line symbol oid Upward EENET button on Plot Setup tab Auto range Sea Plot selects _tine Color SEE A iN amey axis Minimum and Maximum values number of Major v Plot this axis on linear or logarithmic scale of Minor divisions between major divisions IV Auto range Minimum 9 0000 Maximum 10 0000 Auto divisions Sea Plot selects number of major Vv Auto divisions Major a Minor E divisions on axis and number of minor divisions between Reverse scale direction major divisions User selects axis Minimum and Maximum values Any values that fall outside user selected Minimum to Maximum range will plot at minimum or maximum as applicable Plot axis from highest to lowest value Typically used when pressure or depth is plotted on Y axis so pressure depth starts at 0 at top of plot and increases as you move down vertically Start Process Cancel 125 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plot
196. iseSummary test3 txt 3 reports written to c CruiseSummary 146 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix IV Software Problems SBE Data Processin Appendix IV Software Problems Considerable effort has been made to test and check this software before its release However because of the wide range of instruments that Sea Bird produces and interfaces with and the many applications that these instruments are used in there may be software problems that have not been discovered and corrected If a problem occurs please contact us via phone 425 643 9866 email seabird seabird com or fax 425 643 9954 with the following information Instrument serial number Version of the software originally shipped with the instrument Version of the software you are attempting to run Complete description of the problem you are having If the problem involves the configuration or setup of the software in most cases a phone call to Sea Bird will be sufficient to solve the problem If you phone we would appreciate it if you would be ready to run the software during the phone conversation If the problem involves data processing you may be asked to send a sample of the data to Sea Bird for evaluation 147 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinit SBE Data Processin Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinity Notes e Algorithms used for calculation of derived parameters in
197. ithout optional pressure sensor SBE 16 16plus 16plus IM 16plus V2 or 16plus IM V2 if you select pressure as an output variable Data Conversion inserts a column with the moored pressure entered in the configuration file Data dialog in the output cnv file For a thermosalinograph SBE 21 or 45 if you select pressure as an output variable Data Conversion inserts a column of 0 s for the pressure in the output cnv file The pressure column is needed for Derive to calculate salinity density etc gt Oxygen include in the output file along with pressure temperature and conductivity For SBE 13 or 23 oxygen current and oxygen temperature For SBE 43 oxygen value e Ifyou will use Bin Average gt With depth bins include depth in the output file gt With pressure bins include pressure in the output file e Pressure temperature is computed using a backward looking 30 second running average to prevent bit transitions in pressure temperature from causing small jumps in computed pressure Because the heavily insulated pressure sensor has a thermal time constant on the order of one hour the 30 second average does not significantly alter the computed pressure temperature e Oxygen descent rate and acceleration computed by Seasave and Data Conversion are somewhat different from values computed by Derive because the algorithms calculate the derivative of the signal oxygen signal for oxygen pressure signal for descent rate
198. itmap graphics file bsr Bottle scan range file created by Mark Scan and used by Data Conversion to create a ros file btl Averaged and derived bottle data from ros file created by Bottle Summary Cnv Converted engineering units data file with ASCII header preceding data Created by e Data Conversion e SeatermV2 s Convert XML data file in Tools menu for SBE 39plus e Upload menu in Seaterm232 SBE Glider Payload CTD only e Seaterm s Convert button SBE 37 firmware lt 3 0 39 39 IM or 48 only Note Not applicable to SBE 37 IDO or ODO MicroCATs con or xmicon Instrument configuration number and type of sensors channel assigned to each sensor and calibration coefficients SBE Data Processing uses this information to interpret raw data from instrument Latest version of configuration file for your instrument is supplied by Sea Bird when instrument is purchased upgraded or calibrated If you make changes to instrument add or remove sensors recalibrate etc you must update configuration file Can be viewed and or modified in SBE Data Processing in Configure Data Conversion Derive and Bottle Summary and in Seasave e xmicon files written in XML format were introduced with SBE Data Processing and Seasave 7 20a Instruments introduced after that are compatible only with xmlcon files dat Data file binary raw data file created by older versions Version lt 6 0
199. ity Minimum pressure db 20 Minimum salinity psu oO Potential Temperature Anomaly AO jo Al g A1 Multiplier Salinity Oxygen selections apply to Gilgen j SBE 43 and Beckman YSI Window size s 2 sensors They do not apply Apply Tau correction to SBE 63 or Aanderaa Oxygen Optode Descent and Acceleration Window size s 2 Set to Defaults Start Process The Miscellaneous tab defines parameters required for output of specific variables depth average sound velocity potential temperature anomaly oxygen descent rate and acceleration Entries on this tab are used only if you are calculating and outputting the associated variable to the cnv file For example if you do not select Oxygen in the Select Derived Variables dialog box Derive ignores the value entered for Oxygen window size and the enabling of the Tau correction on the Miscellaneous tab 94 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing In Derive derivative variables oxygen descent rate and acceleration are computed by looking at data centered around the current data point with a time span equal to the user input time window size and using a linear regression to determine the slope This differs from how the calculation is done in Seasave and Data Conversion which compute the derivative looking backward in time since they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values while acquiring data in real ti
200. ix III Generating con or xmicon File Reports Exit Cancel ConReport exe 37 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in a terminal program that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in the terminal program to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the 19p us V2 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE 19plus V 2 2 SERIAL NO 4000 05 Jun 2009 14 02 13 vbatt 9 6 vlith 8 6 ioper 61 2 ma ipump 25 5 ma iext0Ol 76 2 ma iext2345 65 1 ma status not logging number of scans to average 1 Scans to average NAvg must match Scans to Average in con or xmlcon file samples 0 fr 4386532 casts 0 mode profile minimum cond freq 3000 pump delay 60 sec Mode MP for profile or MM for moored must match Mode in con or xmlcon file autorun no ignore magnetic switch no battery type ALKALINE battery cutoff 7 5 volts pressure sensor strain gauge range 1000 0 Pressure sensor PType must match Pressure sensor type in con or xmlcon file SBE 38 no WETLABS no OPTODE no SBE63 no Gas Tension Device no Selection enabling of RS 232 sensors SBE38 WetLabs Optode SBE63
201. ke this Note The File Setup tab and Header View EE Strip Of x tab are similar for all modules see File Options Help Section 2 Installation and Use File Setup Data Setup Header View Select which variables columns of data to output Return to SBE Data Processing window e If Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process Strip adds the following to the data file header Label Description Strip_date Date and time that module was run Strip_in Input cnv converted data file 116 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules SBE Data Processing Translate Translate changes the converted data file format from binary to ASCII or vice versa and writes the data to an output cnv file The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use File Options Help File Setup Data Setup Header View Translation ei gt ASCII x Ha CIl ASCII gt Binary Translate to opposit
202. ks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field ia on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process Save amp Exit Cancel Example For an interval of 10 db between scans buoyancy window sizes of 5 10 or 20 db result in a window size of 3 scans Window sizes of 30 or 40 db result in a window size of 5 scans 10 db 20 db 30 db 40 db 50 db 5 db window 3 scan minimum 10 db window 3 scan minimum 20 db window 3 scans 10 20 30 db 30 db window 4 scans 10 20 30 40 db 1 scan to make odd number 40 db window 5 scans 10 20 30 40 50 db 89 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Buoyancy Formulas The relationship between frequency N and stability E is N gE rad s where g gravity m s The algorithm used to compute N for the pressure value centered in the buoyancy window is 1 Compute averages p_bar average pressure in the buoyancy window decibars t_bar average temperature in the buoyancy window deg C s_bar average salinity in the buoyancy window PSU rho_bar density s_bar t_bar p_bar Kg m 2 Compute the vertical gradient theta potential temperature s t p p_bar v 1 density s theta p_bar where s
203. le status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the 19p us with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SeacatPlus V 1 5 SERIAL NO 4000 22 May 2005 14 02 13 vbatt 9 6 vlith 8 6 ioper 61 2 ma ipump 25 5 ma iextOl 76 2 ma iext23 65 1 ma status not logging number of scans to average 1 Scans to average NAvg must match Scans to Average in con or xmlcon file samples 0 fr 381300 casts 0 mode profile minimum cond freq 3000 pump delay 60 sec Mode MP for profile or MM for moored must match Mode in con or xmlcon file autorun no ignore magnetic switch no battery type ALKALINE battery cutoff 7 3 volts pressure sensor strain gauge range 1000 0 Pressure sensor PType must match Pressure sensor type in con or xmlcon file SBE 38 no Gas Tension Device no RS 232 sensors which are used for custom applications only must be disabled to use Seasave Ext Volt 0 yes Ext Volt 1 yes Ext Volt 2 yes Ext Volt 3 yes Number of external voltage sensors enabled Volt0 through Volt3 must match External voltage channels in con or xmicon file echo commands yes output format raw Hex Outp
204. length of 17 and halfwidth of 4 produces a set of filter weights that fills only half the window If the filter weights do not fill the window the offset parameter may be used to shift the weights within the window without clipping the edge of the Gaussian curve 108 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Example Window length is 33 scans and halfwidth is 4 scans Offset is 3 seconds in left curve 0 in middle curve and 3 seconds in right curve Shifted 0 seconds a 1 1 1 1 Shifted My I I j I I I 1 I 3 seconds shifted 3 seconds Magnitude 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Note that the window length in the example is larger than the halfwidth This allows the complete Gaussian curve to be expressed in the window when the offset parameter shifts the curve forward or backward in time If the halfwidth was larger the trailing edge of the 3 second offset curve would be truncated and the leading edge of the 3 second curve would be truncated The offset parameter moves the Gaussian shape of the window weights forward or backward in time Since the weighted average is calculated for a data value in the center of the window this has the effect of shifting the data that the filter is operating on forward or backward in time relative to the other data in the file This capability allows filtering and time shifting to be done in one
205. les SBE Data Processing Loop Edit adds the following to the data file header Label Description Loopedit_date Date and time that module was run Loopedit_in Input cnv converted data file If Fixed Minimum Velocity was selected minimum CTD velocity for good scans scans with velocity less than this are marked with badflag Loopedit_minVelocity If Percent of Mean Speed was selected minimum CTD velocity for first time Loopedit_percentMeanSpeed window window size and percent of mean speed for good scans scans that do not meet this criteria are marked with badflag If Remove surface soak was selected minimum soak depth maximum soak depth and whether to use deck pressure as a pressure offset 1 yes 0 no Loopedit_surfaceSoak If yes do not evaluate scans marked with badflag in a previous run of Loop Edit Loopedit_excl_bad_scans 103 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Wild Edit Note Wild Edit marks wild points in the data by replacing the data value with Wild Edit marks individual data for example a conductivity value with badflag but does not mark the entire scan which may include other data that is valid such as temperature pressure etc badflag The badflag value is documented in the input cnv header Wild Edit s algorithm requires two passes through the data the first pass obtains an accurate est
206. linity Use this tab to calculate Absolute Salinity and other properties based the 48 term expression for density as defined by the international Thermodynamic Equation of Seawater 2010 TEOS 10 Practical Salinity PSU 35 000000 Preformed Salinity g kg 1 35 16484 2 2 Conservative Temperature deg C 14 9858 Epearen 4 996401 potential temperature deg C 14 9964 pressure dbar 0 000000 Absolute Salinity Anomaly g kg 1 0 000577559 density kg m 3 1025 98 reference pressure dbar 0 000000 potential density kg m 3 1025 98 letuderd fo cooo00 SS thermal expansion coefficient K 1 0 000213933 eee 000000 saline contraction coefficient kg g 1 0 000742401 longitude deg E 0 000000 specific volume m 3 kg 1 0 00097468 Se oes specific volume anomaly m 3 kq 1 2 0189e 006 Absolute Salinity g kg 1 35 165618 sound speed m s 1 1506 71 Reference Salinity g kg 1 35 165040 internal energy J kg 1 59722 6 enthalpy J kg 1 59821 3 saturation fraction 1 0 dynamic enthalpy J kg 1 0 E Report calculate Exit Help If you go back to the Practical Salinity tab SeaCalc automatically populates it with values from the Absolute Salinity tab 133 Manual revision 7 23 2 _ _ Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation amp Batch File Processin SBE Data Processin Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing Command Li
207. location if available is LOCALAPPDATA Sea Bird IniFiles Example c Users dbresko AppData Local Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini Secondary PostProcSuite ini file default location is APPDATA Sea Bird IniFiles Example c Documents and Settings dbresko SEABIRD Application Data Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini Parameters specified in the batch file can be used to override existing information in the psa file These parameters are Parameter Description cString Use String as instrument configuration con or xmlcon file String must include full path and file name Note If using cString must also specify input file name using iString AString Use String as input file name String must include full path and file name This parameter supports standard wildcard expansion e matches any single character in specified position within file name or extension e matches any set of characters starting at specified position within file name or extension and continuing until the end of file name or extension or another specified character oString Use String as output directory not including file name fString Use String as output file name not including directory aString Append String to output file name before extension pString Use String as Program Setup psa file String must include full path and file name xModule String
208. lot scsssscsssssssesessessscessseesees 118 Sea Plot File Setup Tab cceecccssccssseseceeceeseeeseeeneeseeeeeeeeeeseeseeaeeeenseenseenaes 119 Sea Plot Plot Setup Tabu cccecccescsseesecsesecseeeseeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseseeeesaeenseenees 120 Process Options a e n E aa e an eaa 121 Overlay Setups E E E E EE 122 TS SPIOUSEtup x osysheeriess arc acecneletin eaters AA TD tities ae tenes 124 Sea Plot Axis Setup Tabs cccccccesccssecssesseeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseseeeeeesenseenseenaes 125 X Y Axis Setup Tabs cececcccccesccecesscesecseeceeeseeseeeeeeseeeeeceeeaeeeesseenaes 125 TS Plot Axis Setup Tabs ccccesceccsesssecseescceseceseceeecseecaeesseeeeeeaeeeeeenrens 126 Sea Plot Header View Tab cececscesccssesseececeeseecneeeecaeceessecaeeaeeseseseeaeeataes 127 Viewing Sea Plot Plots cccesccssecsseesecesecesceseceeseeereeeceseceseneeeesseceeeseeeneeees 128 Multiple X Y Plots No Overlay cccccceccecsseessesceeeeeeeceeeeeeeceseeneeeneeenees 128 Multiple TS Plots No Overlay cccccceesceessesseesseseeeeeeceeeceseessecnseeneeeaees 129 X Y Overlay Plot ssc ceccccvecceecdegeceetdseetescedesvesgiesedsscteuesieadiseecdeevaetvetes 130 Plot MenuSs2 ss2eiie ei ieee ive maa eis eee nies 131 Section 9 Miscellaneous Module SeaCall Ill tsesseseseeeeeeee 132 Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing ssscssssssssssssessssesssscsssscsssssessesssscsessesss
209. m Attenuation WET Labs C Star 4 CStarAt4 1 m 4th sensor l m CStarAt4 Beam Attenuation WET Labs C Star 5 CStarAt5 1 m 5th sensor 1 m CStarAts Beam Attenuation WET Labs C Star 6 CStarAt6 1 m 6th sensor l m CStarAtDiff Beam Attenuation WET Labs C Star Diff CStarAtDiff 1 m 2nd sensor Ist sensor 2 1 1 m xmiss Beam Transmission Chelsea Seatech xmiss Ist sensor xmissl Beam Transmission Chelsea Seatech 2 xmiss2 2nd sensor xmissdiff Beam Transmission Chelsea Seatech WET xmissdiff 2nd sensor Ist sensor Labs CStar Diff 2 1 wetBTrans Beam Transmission WET Labs AC3 wetBTrans CStarTr0 Beam Transmission WET Labs C Star CStarTr Ist sensor CStarTr1 Beam Transmission WET Labs C Star 2 CStarTr2 2nd sensor 1 CStarTr2 Beam Transmission WET Labs C Star 3 CStarTr3 3rd sensor 1 CStarTr3 Beam Transmission WET Labs C Star 4 CStarTr4 4th sensor CStarTr4 Beam Transmission WET Labs C Star 5 CStarTr5 5th sensor CStarTr5 Beam Transmission WET Labs C Star 6 CStarTr6 6th sensor 1 CStarTrdiff Beam Transmission WET Labs C Star Diff CStarTrdiff 2nd sensor Ist sensor 2 1 bpos Bottle Position in Carousel bpos HBBotCls Bottles Closed HB HBBotCls nbf Bottles Fired nbf bet Bottom Contact bet N Buoyancy cycles hour N cycles hour Calculated in SBE Data Processing s Buoyancy module N42 Buoyancy rad 2 s 2 N 2 rad 2 s 2 Calculated in SBE Data Processing s Buoyancy module nb
210. m asks if you want to save changes If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm232 that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm232 to modify the setup of parameters critical to processing of Glider Payload CTD data with SBE D SB vMain O37 autorun no samplenumber 57 not logging E Glider Payload CTD 1 0 vLith ata Processing as well as any explanatory information ERIAL NO 12345 S 27 Apr 2010 09 38 22 3 04 free 559183 profiles 3 sample every 1 seconds must match Sample interval seconds in xmlcon file sample mode is cont data format do not force on RS2 inuous raw Decimal 32 transmitter transmit real time data acquire SBE 43 oxygen must match Oxygen sensor installed in xmlcon file minimum conductivit custom pump mode di 3011 0 y frequency sabled 51 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Accessing Calibration Coefficients Dialog Boxes In the Configure menu select the desired instrument In the Configuration dialog box click Open Browse to the desired con or xmicon file and click Open 3 Inthe Configuration dialog box cl
211. m to Maximum range will plot at minimum or maximum as applicable Start Process Cancel 126 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Sea Plot Header View Tab The Header View tab allows you to view the existing header in the input file s The Header View tab looks like this ioj x File Options Help File Setup Plot Setup YAris Axis 1 X Anis 2 XAnis 3 X Anis 4 Header View Prior Next View existing header in input file s If multiple input files are to be processed switch between input file headers by using Prior and Next buttons Kb00T w cny Sea Bird SBE 25 Data File FileName CTD25 kb00 HEX Software Version 4 246 Temperature SN 2339 Conductivity SN 1897 System UpLoad Time Sep 27 2000 22 06 04 Ship e Header lines beginning with contain header information copied from raw input data file Longitude e Header lines beginning with contain header ds information describing input converted data cnv file SBE 25 CTD V4 0bS not applicable to example shown As each module is external pressure sensoy run it adds information to the header such as the input tal 9437338 clk 3 file name for the module date and time the module neasts 2 samples was run and input parameters Thus the header i contains a complete record of how the data has been CTD configuration converted
212. match Serial RS 232C sensor in con or xmlcon file Ext Volt 0 yes Ext Volt 1 yes Ext Volt 2 no Ext Volt 3 no Number of external voltage sensors enabled Volt0 through Volt3 must match External voltage channels in con or xmicon file echo commands yes output format raw HEX Output format must be set to raw Hex OutputFormat 0 to acquire data in Seasave serial sync mode disabled Serial sync mode must be disabled SyncMode N to acquire data in Seasave 30 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 16p us V2 or 16p us IM V2 SeaCAT C T Recorder Configuration Through the CTD s RS 232 sensor connector the SBE 16plus V2 and 16plus IM V2 can interface with an SBE 38 secondary temperature sensor SBE 50 Note pressure sensor SBE 63 Optical Dissolved Oxygen Sensor WET Labs sensor The SBE 16plus V2 is available with laa dual or triple channel ECO WETStar or C Star Optode or up to two an optional RS 485 interface All ro Oceanus Gas Tension Devices GTDs This data is appended to the data commands to a particular 16plus V2 stream SBE 38 and SBE 50 data does not replace the internal CTD data with RS 485 are preceded by ii where ii instrument ID 0 99 All commands to a particular 16plus IM V2 are preceded by ii where ii Therefore commands mentioned in instrument ID 0 99 Therefore commands mentioned in the dialog box the dialog b
213. me Derive has the following x parameter when run from the Command Line Options dialog box from the command line or with batch file processing x Parameter Description For SBE 91 1p us do not output scans if pump status off See Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing for details on using parameters xderive pump Derive adds the following to the data file header Label Description Date and time that module was run Also Derive_date shows how many columns of data how many variables were derived Input cnv converted data file and con or xmlcon configuration file Window size for oxygen derivative calculation seconds Window size for descent rate and acceleration calculation seconds Derive_ox_tau_ Whether tau correction was performed on correction oxygen data Derive _in Derive_time_window_docdt Derive _time_window_dzdt 95 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Derive TEOS 10 Notes e Algorithms used in Derive TEOS 10 are based on the TEOS 10 website www TEOS 10 org Derive TEOS 10 is not compatible with a cnv file from an SBE 39 39 IM 39plus or 48 For an SBE 21 or 45 with a remote temperature sensor Seasave Data Conversion Derive and Derive TEOS 10 all use the remote temperature data when calculating density and sound velocity Notes e The File
214. me Select if Seasave appears Select sensors after Frequency channels suppressed appended time seconds since and Voltage words suppressed have been specified above January 1 1970 GMT to each data scan Report Help EN Cancel Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be Return to SBE Data Processing window modified that shows all parameters in con e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made or xmlcon file For command line generation changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes of report see Appendix Ill Generating con e If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says or xmicon File Reports ConReport exe Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 26 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above for an SBE 9plus used with an SBE 1 1p us Deck Unit Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the 9plus with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE lliplus V 5 1f Number of scans to average 1 11plus reads this from con or xmlcon file in Seasave
215. mlcon file retrieves the calibration coefficients from the file for the type of sensor you selected and enters the coefficients in the calibration coefficients dialog box If the con or xmlcon file contains more than one of that type of sensor for example SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two SBE 43 oxygen sensors so the con or xmlcon file could contain coefficients for two SBE 43 sensors a dialog box allows you to select the desired sensor by serial number If the con or xmlcon file does not contain any of that type of sensor SBE Data Processing responds with an error message e XML file imports an XML file that contains calibration coefficients for one sensor If the XML file you select is not compatible with the selected sensor type SBE Data Processing responds with an error message 52 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors Notes Coefficients g h i j and fO provide ITS 90 Tg temperature a b c d and f0 provide IPTS 68 Tes temperature The relationship between them is Tes 1 00024 Too See Application Note 31 for computation of slope and offset correction coefficients from pre and post cruise calibrations supplied by Sea Bird See Calibration Coefficients for A D Count Sensors below for information on temperature sensors used in the SBE 16plus a
216. module gt Command Line Options Select Command Line Options to assist in automating processing See Appendix I Command Line Options Command Line Operation and Batch File Processing gt Exit Select to exit the program e Configure List of instruments that require a configuration con or xmlcon file which defines the number and type of sensors interfacing with the instrument as well as the sensor calibration coefficients Select the desired instrument to modify or create a con or xmlcon file See Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure e Help General program help files as well as context specific help 10 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing Module Dialog Box To open a module select it in the Run menu of the SBE Data Processing window Each module s dialog box has three menus e File gt v v yvy v WV yvy Start Process begin to process data as defined in dialog box Open select a different program setup psa file Save or Save As save all current settings to a psa file Restore reset all settings to match last saved psa file Default File Setup reset all settings on File Setup tab to defaults Default Data Setup reset all settings on Data Setup tab to defaults Exit or Save amp Exit exit module and return to SBE Data Processing window e Options where applicable gt Confirm Program Setup Change If selected program provides
217. mperature deg C ITPS 68 scale pressure 0507e 8 3621e 7 47800e 6 P to bars eo 1 100e 10 t 9 1041e 9 t 7 164e 5 a0 et 977296797 t 2 5974e 8 XIE Ena t 6 4885e 8 t 1 262e 2 8 1788e 6 3 3420e 4 t 3 9064e 7 t 1 2580e 5 Sie Ge t 1 7107e 6 t 6 8982e 4 tom 5 80852e 2 SBE Data Processin sound velocity Chen and Millero 1977 JASA 62 1129 1135 pressure in decibars t 9 4742e 5 1 389 t 3 1260e 5 wo Fe 01535637 eA he 5037 FL 1 i i 1402 388 TeL S sv C ches be ISE return sv p cO S SF pt d Sound Velocity Delgrosso double SndVelD double s double t double p Delgrosso JASA 8s salinity t temperature deg C ITPS 68 p pressure in Oct 1974 decibars Vol 56 No 4 double c000 c000 Pp d dct 1402 392 9 80665 convert pressure from decibars to KG CM 2 0 501109398873e1l 0 550946843172e 1 0 22153596924e 3 t t t 0 132952290781lel 0 128955756844e 3 s s dcs dcp dcstp sv P ct cs cp 0 156059257041e0 0 244998688441le 4 0 83392332513e 8 p p p cstp 0 127562783426e 1 t s 0 635191613389e 2 t p 0 265484716608e 7 t t 0 159349479045e 5 t p p 0 522116437235e 9 t p p p 0 438031096213e 6 t p 0 161674495909e 8 s s p p 0 968403156410e 4 t t s 0
218. n Options menu Sea Plot maintains Open Save Save As Restore order of files as you selected them using Ctrl key Use this feature if there is a particular data set you want to use as base on a waterfall H data D ebbie overlay plot Note that using Shift z key to select files will not maintain Input files 1 selected selected order 233a1 alignderivealignderive crv 7 Select Input directory Output Information is default and is Output to Printer Orientation Landscape 7 Print full page only used automatically for batch processing or when running with Auto Units Milimeters x Width fi60 Height f120 start command line option For all other cases Sea Plot does not automatically print or output plot to file when you click Output directory Start Process You can choose to print H data Debbie Select or output plot to file while viewing a z plot output destination and parameters Default directory and file name can be easily changed while can be easily changed at that time Name append viewing plot for outputting wmf jog or bmp graphic file e Output to Printer Metafile wmf A If more than 1 file to be processed Output file field disappears JPEG jpg or Bitmap bmp When Dutput file 233a aligrGeti and output file names are set to match input file names For viewing plot you can also output to example if processing test cnv and test1 cnv and outputting cl
219. n Select to pick a 2 Save As _ p prog A test xmlcon and test1 xmlcon same different con or xmicon file or Renee era directory as test dat and test1 dat if it does Modify to view and or modify 9 _ not find xmlcon files it searches for con instrument configuration z z files See Section 4 Configuring K data D ebbie test con iles Instrument Configure Select Modify Match instrument configuration to input file Directory and file names for Input directory raw data hex dat or xml Select to pick a different file K data Debbie To process multiple raw data 5 files from same directory Input files 1 selected 1 Click Select test dat Select 2 In Select dialog box hold eo down Ctrl key while clicking on each desired file Output directory Stealth te Directory and file names for converted output cnv data e f more than 1 data file is to be processed Output file field Name append disappears and output file name is set to match input file _ name For example if processing test dat and test1 dat Output file test cny output files will be named test cnv and test1 cnv SBE Data Processing adds Name append to each output 3 file name before cnv extension For example if processing Click Start Process to begin Not processing test dat and test1 dat with a Name append of 06 20 00 processing data Status field output files will be test06
220. n below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm 232 to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 25p us with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information S gt getcd lt ConfigurationData DeviceType SBE25plus lt Serial gt lt SerialPort0 gt lt baudconsole gt 4800 lt baudconsole gt lt echoconsole gt 1 lt echoconsole gt lt SerialPort0 gt lt SerialPortl gt serial sensor 1 setup data lt SerialPortl gt lt SerialPort2 gt serial sensor 2 setup data lt SerialPort2 gt lt Serial gt lt Settings gt assorted settings lt Settings gt lt RealTimeOutput gt lt outputformat gt 0 lt outputformat gt lt historicrate gt 1 lt historicrate gt lt vout0 gt 1 lt vou lt vout1 gt 0 lt vou lt vout2 gt 0 lt vou lt vout3 gt 1 lt vou lt vout4 gt 0 lt vou lt vout5 gt 1 lt vou lt vout6 gt 0 lt vou lt vout7 gt 0 lt vou lt outputrate gt 2 lt outputrate gt lt RealTimeOutput gt lt ConfigurationData gt lt Executed gt tO gt Ts ea ESS t4 gt t5 gt t6 gt t7 gt SerialNumber 0250003 gt Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled SetVOut must match real time output selection in xmlcon file 46 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Notes SBE 37 MicroCAT C T Recorder Configuration e The SBE 37 is availabl
221. n or xmlcon file However Derive requires you to select a con or xmlcon file before it will process data You can use a con or xmlcon file from any other Sea Bird instrument the contents of the file will not affect the results If you do not have a con or xmlcon file for another Sea Bird instrument create one 1 Click SBE Data Processing s Configure menu and select any instrument 2 Inthe Configuration dialog box click Save As and save the con or xmlcon file with the desired name and location 3 Derive TEOS 10 optional Compute thermodynamic properties based TEOS 10 on TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity 4 Sea Plot Plot data 22 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences SBE Data Processing Processing SBE 39 39 IM and 48 Data Note The cnv file from an SBE 39 39 IM or 48 cannot be processed by any SBE Data Processing modules other than Sea Plot and ASCII Out Processing SBE 39plus Data Note The cnv file from an SBE 39plus cannot be processed by any SBE Data Processing modules other than Sea Plot and ASCII Out Program Module Function Use Upload button to upload data in engineering units in ASCII asc format Use Convert button to 1 Seaterm convert asc to cnv file which can be used by SBE Data Processing 2 Sea Plot Plot data Program Module Function 1 SeatermV2 Use Upload button in appro
222. nd IM 16plus and IM V2 19plus 19plus V2 37 and 49 View and or modify the sensor calibration coefficients by selecting the sensor and clicking the Modify button in the instrument Configuration dialog box For all calibration dialog boxes enter the sensor serial number and calibration date Many sensor calibration equations contain an offset term Unless noted otherwise use the offset default 0 0 to make small corrections for sensor drift between calibrations Calibration coefficients are discussed below for each type of sensor Temperature conductivity and Digiquartz pressure sensors are covered first followed by the remaining frequency sensor types in alphabetical order Temperature Calibration Coefficients Enter g h i j or a b c d and fO from the calibration sheet Enter values for slope default 1 0 and offset default 0 0 to make small corrections for temperature sensor drift between calibrations Corrected temperature slope computed temperature offset where slope true temperature span instrument temperature span offset true temperature instrument reading slope measured at 0 C Temperature Slope and Offset Correction Example At true temperature 0 0 C instrument reading 0 0015 C At true temperature 25 0 C instrument reading 25 0005 C Calculating the slope and offset Slope 25 0 0 0 25 0005 0 0015 1 000040002 Offset 0 0 0 0015
223. nd depth corrections The internal salinity must match the value you programmed into the Optode the value is ignored if you do not enable the Salinity correction If you enable Salinity correction SBE Data Processing corrects the oxygen output from the Optode based on the actual salinity calculated from the CTD data If you enable Depth correction SBE Data Processing corrects the oxygen output from the Optode based on the depth calculated from the CTD data 70 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processin Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules Module Name Module Description Data Conversion Convert raw data from CTD hex dat or xml file to engineering units storing the converted data in cnv file all data and or ros file water bottle data Note xml file conversion only applicable to SBE 25plus Bottle Summary Summarize data from water sampler bottle ros file storing the results in btl file Mark Scan Create bsr bottle scan range file from mrk data file 71 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processing Data Conversion Notes Algorithms used for calculation of Data Conversion derived parameters in Data Conversion Derive Sea Plot 1 Converts raw data to engineering units from SeaCalc III EOS 80 Practical ee e dat file from SBE 91 1plus acquired with Seasave versions lt 6 0 or Sali
224. nd sensor gsw_ptA0O potential temperature ITS 90 deg C gsw_ptA0O ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor gsw_ptAl potential temperature 2 ITS 90 deg C gsw_ptAl ITS 90 deg C__ 2nd sensor gsw_sstarA0 Preformed Salinity g kg gsw_sstarA0 g kg 1 sensor gsw_sstarAl Preformed Salinity 2 g kg gsw_sstarAl g kg 2nd sensor gsw_srA0 Reference Salinity g kg gsw_srA0 g kg 1 sensor gsw_srAl Reference Salinity 2 g kg gsw_srAl g kg 2nd sensor gsw_betaA0 saline contraction coefficient kg g gsw_betaA0 kg g 1 sensor gsw_betaA1 saline contraction coefficient 2 kg g gsw_betaA1 kg g 2nd sensor gsw_ssA0 sound speed TEOS 10 m s gsw_ssA0 m s 1 sensor gsw_ssAl sound speed TEOS 10 2 m s gsw_ssAl m s 2nd sensor gsw_specvolA0 specific volume TEOS 10 m 3 kg gsw_specvolAO m 3 kg 1 sensor gsw_specvolA1 specific volume TEOS 10 2 m 3 kg gsw_specvolAl m 3 kg 2nd sensor gsw_svolanomA0_ specific volume anomaly TEOS 10 m 3 kg gsw_svolanomA0 m 3 kg 1 sensor gsw_svolanomA1 specific volume anomaly TEOS 10 2 m 3 kg gsw_svolanomA1 m 3 kg 2nd sensor gsw_tfA0 temperature freezing ITS 90 deg C gsw_tfA0 ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor gsw_tfAl temperature freezing 2 ITS 90 deg C gsw_tfAl ITS 90 degC _ 2nd sensor gsw_alphaAO thermal expansion coefficient 1 K gsw_alphaAO 1 K 1 sensor gsw_alphaA1 thermal expansion coefficient 2 1 K gsw_alphaA1 1 K 2nd sensor 171 Manual revision 7 23 2 Index afim file 15 asc file 15 bl file 1
225. nds on profiling speed When measurements are properly aligned salinity spiking and density errors are minimized and oxygen data corresponds to the proper pressure e g Aligned relative temperature vs oxygen plots agree between down and up profiles to pressure Pressure Downcast The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this 5 Align CTD Ble File Options Help File Setup Data Setup Header View Upcast and Downcast mismatch with Respect to Pressure Define alignment times for all data Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done The Enter Advance Values dialog box looks like this Enter Advance Values Define alignment times Variable Name funit Advance sec iji Diagram shows sign Advance Advance Temperature ITS 30 deg C iiini convention for Advance If delay gt Conductivity iS inn i 0 seconds is entered alignment relative to Dygen Curent Beckman Y
226. ne Options Note The default program setup psa file is the last saved psa file for the module PostProcSuite ini contains the location and file name of the last saved psa file for each module Primary PostProcSuite ini file default location if available is LOCALAPPDATA Sea Bird IniFiles Example c Users dbresko AppData Local Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini Secondary PostProcSuite ini file default location is APPDATA Sea Bird IniFiles Example c Documents and Settings dbresko SEABIRD Application Data Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini Command line options can be used to assist in automating processing by overriding information in an existing program setup psa file or designating a different psa file Access the Command Line Options dialog box by selecting Command Line Options in the SBE Data Processing window s Run menu lolx Run Configure Help 1 Data Conversion Filter Align CTD Cell Thermal Mass Loop Edit Derive Derive TEOS 10 Bin Average on oon bh wh 9 Bottle Summary 10 Mark Scan 11 Buoyancy 12 Wild Edit 13 Window Filter 14 ASCII In 15 ASCII Out 16 Section 17 Spe 18 Strip 19 Translate 20 Sea Plot 21 SeaCalc III Command Line Options Exit The Command Line Options dialog box looks like this Command Line Options x Options l I Au
227. ning processing to remove data at the beginning of the file corresponding to instrument soak time remove blocks of bad data edit the header or add explanatory notes about the cast Editing the raw file can corrupt the data making it impossible to perform further processing using Sea Bird software We strongly recommend that you first convert the data to a cnv file using Data Conversion and then use other SBE Data Processing modules to edit the cnv file as desired hex Files If the editing is not performed using this technique SBE Data Processing may reject the edited data file and give you an error message 1 Make a back up copy of your hex data file before you begin 2 Run WordPad 3 Inthe File menu select Open The Open dialog box appears For Files of type select All Documents Browse to the desired hex data file and click Open 4 Edit the file as desired inserting any new header lines after the System Upload Time line and before END Note that all header lines must begin with an asterisk and END indicates the end of the header An example is shown below with the added lines in bold Sea Bird SBE 21 Data File FileName C Odis SAT2 ODIS oct14 19 o0c15_99 hex Software Version Seasave Win32 v1 10 Temperature SN 2366 Conductivity SN 2366 System UpLoad Time Oct 15 1999 Testing adding header lines Must start with an asterisk Place anywhere between System Upload Time amp END of header NMEA Latitud
228. nity tab and Seasave are hex file f i ith identical except as noted in e hex file from SBE 91 1plus acquired with Seasave versions gt 7 0 or Appendix V Derived Parameter e hex file from other CTDs acquired with any version of Seasave or by Formulas EOS 80 Practical uploading data from memory if applicable or Salinity and are based on EOS 80 xml file uploaded from SBE 25plus equations 2 Stores the converted data in a cnv file and optional ros file The File Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this e Select to have program find con or xmlicon Location to store all information file with same name and in same directory input in File Setup and Data BE Data Conversion as data file For example if processing Setup tabs Open to select test dat and this option is selected program different psa file Save or searches for test xmlcon same directory as Save As to save current test dat if it does not find test xmicon it settings or Restore to reset searches for test con all settings to match last saved version See note above File Options Help File Setup Data Setup Miscellaneous Header View Also select if more than 1 data file is to be Program setup fie processed and data files have different K data Debbie D atCnv psa configuration files For example if processing test dat and test1 dat and this eee Open Save Saveas Restor option is selected program searches for locatio
229. nomaly H Kal sensor in sensor list click Insert eran aM If Derive requires additional information to compute a esti Kaag Anah variable a dialog box appears after variable is selected Salinity PSU with fields for required user input parameters Hat 4 Sound Velocity EE Eal Click Data to view modify user input parameters for selected variable if applicable Some variables share a user input parameter so changing a parameter for one variable automatically changes it for the other e Depth and average sound velocity use same latitude if NMEA data not available e Descent rate and acceleration use same time window size e All SBE 13 23 and 43 oxygen sensors use same time window size Tau correction and SBE 43 only hysteresis correction Note An alternate method of entering these parameters is on Miscellaneous tab in Derive dialog box The Miscellaneous tab in the Derive dialog box looks like this Note Values for these parameters can be changed on the Miscellaneous tab File Setup Data Setup Miscellaneous Header View or by double clicking on the output variable in the Select Derived Variables dialog box above changes made in one location are Depth and Average Sound Velocity automatically made in the other Latitude when NMEA is not available location File Options Help This tab configures miscellaneous data for calculations Note Values entered only affect indicated calculations Average Sound Veloc
230. normally zero but may be changed for non zero sea surface condition For example if the in air pressure reading is negative enter an equal positive value e Pressure sensor with temperature compensation Enter ptempA0O ptempA1 ptempA2 pTCAO pTCA1 pTCA2 pTCBO pTCB1 pTCB2 pAO pA1 and pA2 from the calibration sheet Altimeter Calibration Coefficients Enter the scale factor and offset altimeter height 300 voltage scale factor offset where scale factor full scale voltage 300 full scale range full scale range is dependent on the sensor e g 50m 100m etc full scale voltage is from calibration sheet typically 5V Fluorometer Calibration Coefficients e Biospherical Natural Fluorometer Enter Cfn natural fluorescence calibration coefficient Al A2 and B from calibration sheet natural fluorescence Fn Cfn 10V production Al Fn A2 PAR chlorophyll concentration Chl Fn B PAR where V is voltage from natural fluorescence sensor 57 Manual revision 7 23 2 Note See Application Note 39 for complete description of calculation of Chelsea Aqua 3 calibration coefficients Note See Application Note 61 for complete description of calculation of Chelsea Minitracka calibration coefficients Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Chelsea Aqua 3 Enter VB V1 Vacetone slope offset and SF Concentration ug l slope 10 00SP 10 0V8 10 0
231. nsor for example you cannot specify two Chelsea Minitracka fluorometers but you can specify a Chelsea Minitracka and a Chelsea UV Aquatracka fluorometer See the individual sensor descriptions in Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors for those sensors that SBE Data Processing supports in a redundant configuration two or more of the same sensor interfacing with the CTD Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors covers calculation of coefficients for each type of frequency sensor temperature conductivity Digiquartz pressure IOW sound velocity etc Calibration Coefficients for A D Count Sensors covers calculation of coefficients for A D count sensors temperature and strain gauge pressure used on the SBE 16plus and IM 16plus and IM V2 19plus 19plus V2 37 and 49 Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors covers calculation of coefficients for each type of voltage sensor strain gauge pressure oxygen pH etc Calibration Coefficients for RS 232 Sensors covers specification of an Aanderaa Optode which can be integrated with an SBE 19plus V2 24 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Access Configure by selecting the desired instrument in the Configure menu in the SBE Data Processing window S SBE Data Processing TE fee Help v Confirm Configuration Change SBE 16 Seacat CTD SBE 16plus Seacat CTD SBE 16plus 2 Seacat CTD
232. ocessing Sea Plot Plot Setup Tab Plot Title and Title color Select Add file name to title to add input data cnv file name to title for overlay plots it adds first file name to title For example if you enter title as P vs T select Add file name to title and data file name is October1 cnv title will be P vs T October 1 cnv Plot Font type and Font size small medium or large Sea Plot displays example of font type to right of selection List of fonts depends on what fonts are installed on your computer Ee Sea Plot Beta 1 2a K File Options Help File Setup Plot Setup Y Avis Xs 1 X Axis 2 X Axis 3 X Axis 4 Plot type Single Y Multiple x a The Plot Setup tab defines the plot type scans to be included and plot layout title color font grid lines etc The Plot Setup tab looks like this Single X Multiple Y 1 X axis and up to 4 Y axes Single X Multiple Y Overlay 1 X axis and up to 4 Y axes overlaying data from multiple files on 1 plot Single Y Multiple X 1 Y axis and up to 4 X axes Single Y Multiple X Overlay 1 Y axis and up to 4 X axes overlaying data from multiple files on 1 plot TS Plot temperature vs salinity with density or thermosteric anomaly contours Title PysT Title Color il IV Add file name to title ont type arial 7 AaBbCcDdEeFf 012345 Uveray Setup TS Plot Overlay TS plot overlaying data from multiple files on 1 plot Enabled if TS plot
233. oes not replace the optional internally mounted pressure sensor data The SBE 16p us IM can interface with one SBE 38 secondary temperature sensor through the 16p us IM optional RS 232 connector but cannot interface with an SBE 50 or GTD All commands to a particular 1 6plus IM are preceded by ii where ii instrument ID 0 99 Therefore commands mentioned in the dialog box description below have a slightly different form for the 16plus IM iiDS iiPType iiVoltN and iiSampleInterval Internally mounted pressure sensor strain gauge Digiquartz with temperature compensation or no pressure sensor If no pressure sensor is selected Data button accesses a dialog box to input additional parameter needed to process data Must agree with 16p us setup PType see reply from DS Selection applies only to internally mounted pressure sensor if instrument has no internally mounted pressure sensor but is interfacing with SBE 50 pressure sensor select No pressure sensor here and then select SBE 50 in Serial RS 232C sensor field below Note Digiquartz without temperature compensation is not Configuration file opened None applicable Pressure sensor type Strain Gauge Data External voltage channels 2 z None 1 SBE 38 secondary temperature 9 2 1 SBE 50 pressure sensor or up to 2 GTDs dissolved oxygen or nitrogen Must agree with Serial A5 232C sensor 16plus setup see reply from DS Channel Sensor E Temperature SBE
234. of scans designated by Scans to process Example lf Scans to process z Skip this number of scans between is 100 and Scans to skip at start is 10 Scans to skip at start pees oes plot Sea Plot processes scans 10 through 109 Example If Scans to process is 10 and Scans to skip at start is 2 Sea Plot plots every other scan scans 0 2 4 6 Plot scans that were marked with bad flag in Plot scans marked bad by loop edit and 8 Loop Edit If not selected Sea Plot omits those data points from plot See illustration below r Litt pen over bad data Create a discontinuous line e Lift pen over data marked with bad Help Scans to skip between points f0 flag in Wild Edit and Cancel e Lift pen over scans marked with bad flag in Loop Edit if Plot scans marked bad by loop edit was not selected See illustration below Plot scans marked bad by loop edit selected Plot scans marked bad by loop edit not selected Lift pen over bad data not selected Lift pen over bad data not selected badflag from LOOP EDIT not plotted 0 badflag from LOOP EDIT badflag from o WILD EDIT not plotted badflag from OWILD EDIT not plotted Plot scans marked bad by loop edit selected Lift pen over bad data selected Plot scans marked bad by loop edit not selected Lift pen over bad data selected badflag from LOOP EDIT not plotted 0 badflag from LOOP EDIT badflag from oWILD EDIT not plot
235. oltage cutoff 7 5 volts 40 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 25 Sealogger Configuration Channel Sensor table reflects this choice 0 7 Must agree with SBE 25 setup CC see reply from DS Voltage channel 0 in con or xmlicon file corresponds to first external voltage in data stream voltage channel 1 to second external voltage in data stream etc Used to determine strain gauge Configuration file opened None pressure sensor data format See External voltage channels 2 reply from DS Fi z 1 2 4 or 8 scans second Must agree with ahit n Version gt 2 0 Y SBE 25 setup CC see reply from DS Real time data output rate 11 scan sec e NMEA Select if NMEA navigation T device used and if NMEA depth V NMEA position data added NMEA depth data added data and NMEA time data were 7 also appended Seasave adds NMEA device connected to deck unit T NMEA time added current latitude longitude and universal time code to data NMEA device connected to PC header appends NMEA data to every scan and writes NMEA data to nav file every time Ctrl F7 is IV Surface PAR voltage added Scan time added pressed or Add to nav File is clicked Note Whether NMEA device was Channel Sensor New New to create new con or xmicon file for this CTD Open to select different connected to a deck unit or directly 4 Temperature to computer during d
236. on Report Help Exit Cancel pli for that sensor Opens a txt file for viewing Return to SBE Data Processing window only cannot be modified that e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure shows all parameters in con menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As or xmlicon file For command program asks if you want to save changes line generation of report see e If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Appendix Ill Generating con Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not or xmicon File Reports want to save changes use Cancel button to exit ConReport exe Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 49 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE 49 FastCAT V 1 2 SERIAL NO 0055 number of scans to average 1 Scans to average NAvg must match Scans to average in con or xmlcon file pressure sensor strain gauge range 1000 0 minimum cond freq 3000 pump delay 30 sec start sampling on power up yes output format raw HEX Output format must be set to raw Hex OutputFormat 0 to acquire data in Seasave temperature advance 0 0625 seconds
237. on of report see Appendix III Generating con or xmlcon File Reports ConReport exe Configuration for the SBE 25plus Sealogger CTD f Process ML file uploaded from CTD memory If processing HEX file collected in Seasave must match settings used in Seasave for real time data acquisition If processing XML file uploaded from memory selections of real time data from voltage channels have no effect Collect real time data with Seasave and or process real time HE gt file OOBOkx8 OO m Cancel New to create new xmicon file for this CTD Open to select different xmicon file Save or Save As to save current xmicon file settings Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for that channel A dialog box with a Select list of sensors appears Modify Click a sensor and click Modify to change calibration Data from coefficients for that checked sensor voltage channels transmitted in real time and included in hex file Return to SBE Data Processing window e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to 43 save changes If Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Manual revi
238. on and Use Derive uses pressure temperature and conductivity from the input cnv file to compute the following oceanographic parameters density density sigma theta sigma 1 sigma 2 sigma 4 sigma t thermosteric anomaly specific volume specific volume anomaly geopotential anomaly dynamic meters depth salt water fresh water salinity sound velocity Chen Millero DelGrosso Wilson average sound velocity potential temperature reference pressure 0 0 decibars potential temperature anomaly specific conductivity derivative variables descent rate and acceleration if input file has not been averaged into pressure or depth bins oxygen if input file contains pressure temperature and either conductivity or salinity and has not been averaged into pressure or depth bins also requires oxygen current and oxygen temperature SBE 13 or 23 or oxygen signal SBE 43 corrected irradiance CPAR See Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas for the formulas used to calculate these parameters See Derive TEOS 10 after this module to calculate TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity parameters The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this ioixi Fie Options Help File Setup Data Setup Miscellaneous Header View Select variables to Select Derived Variables be calculated The thermodynamic properties computed by this module are based on EOS 80 Use the Derive TEOS 10 module to compute variables base
239. on data file used by SBE Data Processing and therefore has no effect on data processing Surface PAR Select if using with deck unit connected to Surface PAR sensor Seasave appends Surface PAR data to every scan Adds 2 channels to Channel Sensor table Do not increase External voltage channels to reflect this External voltage channels reflects only external voltages going directly to 19p us from auxiliary sensors See Application Note 47 Scan time added Select if Seasave appended time seconds since January 1 1970 GMT to each data scan Section 4 Configurin Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 19p us Seacat Profiler Configuration Configuration file opened None Pressure sensor type Strain Gauge Extemal voltage channels f l Mode Sample interval seconds 4 Sane to average in W NMEA position data added NMEA device connected to deck unit NMEA device connected to PC Surface PAR voltage added Channel Altimeter Ee AD voltage 3 channels have been specified above Sensor 1 Count Temperature 2 Frequency Conductivity 3 Count Pressure Strain Gauge 4 A D voltage Oxygen SBE 43 BAD voltage pH 6 A D voltage w Transmissometer Chelsea Seatech Wetlab Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for that channel Dialog box with a list of sensors appears Select sensors after number of voltage Strain gauge
240. on file An SBE 37 39 39 IM 39p us and 48 stores calibration coefficients internally and does not have a con or xmlcon file Configure creates or modifies a configuration con or xmlcon file to define the instrument configuration and sensor calibration coefficients The con or xmicon file is used in both SBE Data Processing and in Seasave Configure is applicable to the following instruments SBE 9plus with SBE 1 1p us Deck Unit or SBE 17plus Searam SBE 9plus is listed as the 911 917plus in the Configure menu Notes e SBE 16 e Sea Bird supplies a con or e SBE 16plus including 16plus IM xmicon file with each instrument e SBE 16plus V2 including 16p us IM V2 The file must match the existing e SBE 19 instrument configuration and e SBE 19plus contain current sensor calibration information SSE ee Exception An xmicon file is e SBE 21 generated by Seaterm232 when e SBE 25 you upload data from an SBE e SBE 25plus Glider Payload CTD Sea Bird e SBE37 does not provide the file e SBE45 An existing con or xmlcon file can e SBE49 be modified in Configure in Data Conversion Derive or Bottle e SBE Glider Payload CTD The discussion of Configure is in five parts Instrument Configuration covers the Configuration dialog box number and type of sensors on the instrument etc for each of the instruments listed above Unless noted otherwise SBE Data Processing supports only one of each brand and type of auxiliary se
241. onfiguration file to the previous configuration If not selected program automatically changes the user selected output variables to be consistent with the selected configuration or data file 11 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processing gt Sort Input Files applicable only to Sea Plot If selected Sea Plot sorts the input files in alphabetical order If not selected Sea Plot maintains the order of the files as you selected them using the Ctrl key use this feature if there is a particular data set you want to use as the base on a waterfall overlay plot Note that using the Shift key to select files will not maintain the selected order gt Diagnostics log If selected brings up a Diagnostics dialog box Select Keep a diagnostics log to enable diagnostics output Click Select Path to select the location and name for the diagnostics file The default location is USERPROFILE A pplication Data Sea Bird the default name is PostProcLog txt Example c Documents and Settings dbresko Application Data Sea Bird PostProcLog txt Select the Level of diagnostics to include Errors Warnings includes Errors or Information includes Errors and Warnings If desired click Display Log File to display the contents of the indicated file using Notepad If desired click Erase Log File to erase the contents of the indicated file If not erased SBE Data Processing appends diagnostics dat
242. only selection applicable to 19pl us Must agree with 19p us setup MP for Profiing mode MM for Moored mode see reply from DS Number of samples to average samples at 4 Hz Profiling mode Must agree with 19p us setup NAvg see reply from DS NMEA depth data added ia NMEA time added Sean time added New to create new New con or xmicon file for this CTD Open to select Open different con or xmlcon file Save or Save As to save current con or xmicon file Save As settings Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to another type of sensor All others are optional p Jare Click a sensor and click Modify to change calibration coefficients for that sensor Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made changes and did not Save Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmlcon file For command line generation of report see Appendix III Generating con or xmicon File Reports ConReport exe or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 35 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an examp
243. or gpa Geopotential Anomaly J kg gpa J kg Calculated in SBE Data Processing s Derive module GTDDOPO GTD DO Pressure mb GTDDOP mb 1 sensor GTDDOP1 GTD DO Pressure 2 mb GTDDOP2 mb 2nd sensor GTDDOPdiff GTD DO Pressure Diff 2 1 mb GTDDOPdiff mb 2nd sensor Ist sensor GTDDOTO GTD DO Temperature deg C GTDDOT deg C 1 sensor GTDDOTI1 GTD DO Temperature 2 deg C GTDDOT2 deg C 2nd sensor GTDDOTdiff GTD DO Temperature Diff 2 1 degC _ GIDDOTdiff deg C 2nd sensor 1st sensor GTDN2P0 GTD N2 Pressure mb GTDN2P mb 1 sensor GTDN2P1 GTD N2 Pressure 2 mb GTDN2P2 mb 2nd sensor GTDN2Padiff GTD N2 Pressure Diff 2 1 mb GTDN2Pdiff mb 2nd sensor Ist sensor GTDN2T0 GTD N2 Temperature deg C GTDN2T deg C 1 sensor GTDN2T1 GTD N2 Temperature 2 deg C GTDN2T2 deg C 2nd sensor GTDN2Tdiff GTD N2 Temperature Diff 2 1 deg C GTDN2Tdiff deg C 2nd sensor Ist sensor latitude Latitude deg latitude deg From NMEA device lisstBC LISST 25A Beam C 1 m lisstBC 1 m lisstOT LISST 25A Optical Transmission lisstOT lisstMD LISST 25A Sauter Mean Diameter u lisstMD u lisstTVC LISST 25A Total Volume Conc ul I lisstTVC ul l longitude Longitude deg longitude deg From NMEA device meth Methane Conc Franatech METS umol l _ meth umol I methT Methane Gas Temp Franatech METS deg methT deg C c modError Modulo Error Count modError mod Modulo Word mod newpos New Position newpos n2satML L Nitrogen Saturation m1 1 N2sat ml l
244. or comparing light fields of disparate intensity input in con or xmlcon file entry for surface PAR sensor Underwater PAR underwater PAR data Surface PAR surface PAR data 158 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processin Appendix VI Output Variable Names Note The Notes Comments column in the table below indicates 1 sensor 2 sensor etc For parameters calculated from multiple sensors for example salinity is a function of temperature conductivity and pressure 1 refers to the 1 sensor T C pair 2 refers to the secondary T C pair This appendix provides a list of output variable names The names vary depending on whether you are viewing header information in a data file or viewing real time data in Seasave e Headers generated by modules in SBE Data Processing show Short name Full name in header Example name 0 prdM Pressure Strain Gauge db name 0 indicates that this is the header for the first data column prdM is the Short name used in the software coding Pressure Strain Gauge db is the more descriptive Full name e Seasave s scrolled display shows a Friendly name in heading Example prM this is the Friendly name for Pressure Strain Gauge db pr indicates pressure and M indicates metric units e Seasave s fixed display and plot display show Full name Example Pressure Strain Gauge db this is the Full name For CTD
245. ox description below have description below have a slightly different form for the 16plus IM V2 a slightly different form for the iiGetCD iiDS iiPType iiVoltN and iiSampleInterval RS 485 version iiGetCD iiDS iiPType iiVoltn and iiSamplelnterval Internally mounted pressure sensor strain gauge Digiquartz with temperature compensation or no pressure sensor If no pressure sensor is selected Data button accesses dialog box to input additional parameter needed to process data Must agree with 16p us V2 setup PType see reply from GetCD or DS Selection applies only to internally mounted pressure sensor if Channel Sensor table reflects this choice 0 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 16plus V2 has no internally mounted pressure sensor but is Must agree with 16plus V2 Anime ub atta a tala pac interfacing with SBE 50 pressure sensor select No pressure setup for VoItN N 0 1 2 3 sensor here and then select SBE 50 in Serial RS 232C sensor 4 and 5 see reply from GetCD field below Note Digiquartz without temperature compensation or DS Voltage channel 0 in con is not applicable or xmlcon file corresponds to first external voltage in data Pressure sensor type Strain Gauge v Data stream voltage channel 1 to second external voltage in data iam voltage channels 2 None SBE 38 secondary temperature SBE 50 diaii pressure sensor SBE 63 Optical DO sensor WET Serial R5 232C Labs sensor up to 3 channels u
246. p shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in Seaterm to modify the setup of parameters critical to use of the SBE 45 with Seasave and processing of data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE45 V 1 1 SERIAL NO 1258 logging data sample interval 1 seconds Sample interval Interval must match Sample interval seconds in con or xmlcon file output conductivity with each sample Enabling of conductivity output OutputCond must match Output conductivity in con or xmlcon file do not output salinity with each sample Enabling of salinity output OutputSal must match Output salinity in con or xmlcon file do not output sound velocity with each sample Enabling of sound velocity output OutputSV must match Output sound velocity in con or xmlcon file start sampling when power on do not power off after taking a single sample Power off after taking a single sample must be disabled SingleSample N to acquire data in Seasave do not power off after two minutes of inactivity A D cycles to average 2 49 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 49 FastCAT Configuration e NMEA Select if NMEA navigation the SBE 4 x device used and if NMEA depth data and NMEA time data were also Configuration file opened None appended Seasave adds current Number of s
247. p to 2 GTDs DO or a Sensa Temperature SBE 38 nitrogen or Optode Must agree with 16plus V2 Configuration file opened 16plusv2 con Time between scans Must setup see reply from GetCD or DS Channel Sensor agree with 16p us V2 setu RRNA se eae Sample interval seconds fio table lists RS 232 sensors below voltage channels from GetCD or DS O NMEA position data added Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to Select if using with deck unit another type of sensor All others are optional connected to a NMEA Channel Sensor navigation device Seasave aaa adds current latitude longitude and universal time code to data 2 Frequency Conductivity header appends NMEA data to A al every scan and writes NMEA data to nav file every time Ctrl 4 A D voltage 0 oo EAER ER 5 A D voltagel Fluorometer Tumer SCUFA 6 Serial RS 232 Temperature SBE 38 J New New to create new con or 1 Count Temperature xmicon file for this CTD Open Open to select different con or xmicon file 3 Count Pressure Strain Gauge Save Save or Save As to save Oxygen SBE 43 current con or xmicon file Save s Settings Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor for that channel A dialog box with a list of sensors appears Select sensors ifi pa Click a sensor after number of voltage channels have been specified above MOAI and click Modify to change calibration
248. perature Freezing ITS 90 E density TEOS 10 density kg m 3 sigma 0 kg m 3 sigma 1 kg m 3 sigma 2 kg m 3 sigma 3 kg m 3 sigma 4 kg m 3 dynamic enthalpy J kg enthalpy J kg entropy J kg K gravity m s 2 Shrink All Expand All Shrink HUH Expand List of available TEOS 10 variables Cancel i Derive TEOS 10 adds the following to the data file header Label Description DeriveTEOS_10 date Date and time that module was run Also shows how many columns of data how many variables were derived DeriveTEOS 10 in Input cnv converted data file DeriveTEOS_10_ latitude source Source of latitude data DeriveTEOS_10_ longitude_source Source of longitude data Using the GSW Toolkit version XX XX Source and version of equations used in TEOS 10 calculations 97 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing TEOS 10 Formulas The following table references the C functions from www TEOS 10 org that are implemented in Derive TEOS 10 SBE Data Processing variable name C function from in Select TEOS 10 Variables www TEOS 10 org code dialog and in output cnv
249. plete when done Start Process 91 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Cell Thermal Mass Formulas The algorithm used is a 2 alpha sample interval beta 2 b 1 2 a alpha dc dT 0 1 1 0 006 temperature 20 dT temperature previous temperature ctm S m 1 0 b previous ctm a de dT dT where sample interval is measured in seconds and temperature in C ctm is calculated in S m If the input file contains conductivity in units other than S m Cell Thermal Mass applies the following scale factors to the calculated ctm ctm mS cm ctm S m 10 0 ctm uS cm ctm S m 10000 0 corrected conductivity c ctm To determine the values for alpha and beta see Lueck R G 1990 Thermal Inertia of Conductivity Cells Theory American Meteorological Society Oct 1990 741 755 Cell Thermal Mass adds the following to the data file header Label Description Celltm_date Date and time that module was run Celltm_in Input cnv converted data file Celltm_alpha Value used for alpha Celltm_tau Value used for 1 beta Celltm_temp_ sensor Temperature sensor for primary conductivity filter use_for_cond temperature sensor for secondary conductivity filter 92 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Derive EOS 80 Practical Salinity Notes e
250. prefix d file or just a Output files fapana downcast prefix d file M Exclude scans marked bad If selected scans marked with badflag in Loop Edit will not be used to identify maximum pressure Maximum pressure defines when downcast ends and upcast begins Note Pressure values marked with badflag in Wild Edit are never used to determine maximum pressure Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process Split adds the following to the data file header Label Description Split_date Date and time that module was run Split_in Input cnv converted data file If Yes pressure from scans marked with badflag in Loop Edit were not used to determine maximum pressure for determining when downcast ends and upcast begins Split_excl_bad_ scans 115 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules SBE Data Processing Strip Strip outputs selected columns of data from the input cnv file Strip writes the data to an output cnv file The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks li
251. priate program to upload data in engineering units in XML and ASCII asc format Use Convert XML data file in Tools menu to convert to cnv file which can be used by SBE Data Processing 2 Sea Plot Plot data Processing Glider Payload CTD Data GPCTD Notes e The example assumes that a configuration xmlcon file is available A configuration file is created by Seaterm232 when data is uploaded from memory based on the factory configuration and the calibration data programmed into the instrument An existing configuration file can be modified in Configure or Derive If you do not have a configuration file you can use SBE Data Processing s Configure menu to create the file Use judgment in evaluating your data set to determine the best values for filtering aligning etc The processing sequence is based on a typical situation with the Glider Payload CTD acquiring data via Continuous Sampling Program Module Function 1 Seaterm232 Upload data from memory Upload menu in Seaterm232 Low pass filter pressure to increase pressure 2 Filter resolution for low pass filter temperature and conductivity to smooth high frequency data Advance conductivity temperature and oxygen relative to pressure to align parameters in time 3 Align CTD This ensures that calculations of salinity dissolved oxygen and other parameters are made using measurements from same parcel of water
252. program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process Section adds the following to the data file header Label Description Section date Date and time that module was run Section _in Input cnv converted data file Section type Evaluate data based on pressure or scan range Section range Range of pressure or scan count data to keep 114 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules SBE Data Processing Split Split separates the data from an input cnv file into upcast pressure Note decreasing and downcast pressure increasing files Split writes the data to an Bin Average provides the option of output cnv file s The upcast output file name is the input file name prefixed processing upcast downcast or by u The downcast output file name is the input file name prefixed by d both possibly removing the need to run Split The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Note EE Split Biel Es The File Setup tab and Header View File Options Help tab are similar for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use File Setup Data Setup Header View Output an upcast file prefix u and downcast
253. put file must include conductivity temperature and pressure 8 Derive TEOS 10 optional Compute thermodynamic properties based TEOS 10 on TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity 9 Bin Average Average data into desired pressure or depth bins 10 Sea Plot Plot data 20 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences SBE Data Processing Processing SBE 16 16p us 16p us IM 16p us V2 16p us IM V2 21 and 45 Data Notes Program Module Function e The example assumes thata 1 Seasave Acquire real time raw data Seasave or configuration con or Xmicon filis Seaterm232 upload data from memory available A config rationi file is Seaterm485 e Upload menu in Seaterm232 or Seaterm485 for provided by Sea Bird when the instrument is purchased based on the user specified configuration and the factory calibration An existing configuration file can be modified in Configure Data Conversion Derive or Bottle Summary or in Seasave If you do not have a configuration file use SBE Data Processing s Configure menu to create the file Even if your instrument does not have a pressure sensor SBE 21 and 45 SBE 16 16plus 16p us IM 16plus V2 and 16plus IM V2 without optional pressure sensor Select pressure as an output variable in Data Conversion if you plan to calculate salinity density or other parameters that require pressure in Derive or Sea Plot For the SBE 16 series ins
254. quence for using parameter follows 1 Run Wild Edit for all desired variables with parameter set to 0 2 Compare output to input data If a variable s data points that are very close to mean were set to badflag A Rerun Wild Edit for all other variables leaving parameter at 0 and overwriting output file from Step 1 B Rerun Wild Edit for quiet variable only setting parameter to desired value to prevent flagging of data close to mean Recompute mean and standard deviation excluding temporarily flagged values Mark values that differ from mean by more than standard deviations specified for pass 2 by replacing data value with badflag Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for next block of scans e f last block of data in input file has less than specified number of scans use data from previous block to fill in block Start Process Pa Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit 104 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing If the data file is particularly corrupted you may need to run Wild Edit more than once with different block sizes and number of s
255. quire two channels one for oxygen current enter b0 and b1 and the other for oxygen temperature enter a0 al a2 and a3 Make sure to select both when configuring the instrument Value b0 b1 a0 al T a2 T a3 T C where T is oxygen temperature voltage C is oxygen current voltage Sea Bird sensor SBE 43 This sensor requires only one channel In Spring of 2008 Sea Bird began using a new equation the Sea Bird equation for calibrating the SBE 43 Calibration sheets for SBE 43s calibrated after this date will only include coefficients for the Sea Bird equation but our software Seasave Win32 Seasave V7 and SBE Data Processing supports both equations We recommend that you use the Sea Bird equation for best results Sea Bird Enter Soc Voffset A B C E Tau20 D1 D2 H1 H2 and H3 OX Soc V Voffset tau T P 5V dt OxSOL T S 1 0 A T B T C T e CT 9 where OX dissolved oxygen concentration ml I T P measured temperature C and pressure decibars from CTD S calculated salinity from CTD PSU V temperature compensated oxygen signal volts Soc linear scaling calibration coefficient Voffset voltage at zero oxygen signal tau T P sensor time constant at temperature and pressure tau20 sensor time constant tau T P at 20 C 1 atmosphere 0 PSU slope term in calculation of tau T P D1 D2 calibration terms used in calculation of tau T P 6V dt
256. r file is beginning scan for bottle 1 ending scan for bottle 1 beginning scan for last bottle ending scan for last bottle Example test bsr contains 1000 1020 2000 2020 4000 4020 The ros file created using test bsr would contain scans 1000 1020 for bottle 1 2000 2020 for bottle 2 and 4000 4020 for bottle 3 The amount of data written to the ros file is based on Scan range offset determines the first scan output to the ros file for each bottle relative to the first scan with a confirmation bit set or written to a afm bsr or bl file Scan range duration determines the number of scans output to the ros file for each bottle Example A bottle confirmation for an SBE 911plus is received at scan 10 000 scan 10 000 and subsequent scans for 1 5 seconds have confirmation bit set In Data Conversion Scan range offset is set to 2 seconds and Scan range duration is set to 5 seconds If the scan rate is 24 scans second 10 000 2 second offset 24 scans second 9 952 9 952 5 second duration 24 scans second 10 072 Therefore scans 9 952 through 10 072 will be written to the ros file 75 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processing Data Conversion Notes and General Information Data Conversion was written to accommodate most sensors that have been installed on Sea Bird products See the configuration page at the beginning of your instrument manual fo
257. r parameters Salinity e oxygen from oxygen signal 4 Derive TEOS 10 optional Compute thermodynamic properties based TEOS 10 on TEOS 10 Absolute Salinity 5 Sea Plot Plot data Processing SBE 37 SM SMP IM IMP SI and SIP Data without a configuration file Note SBE 37 SI and 37 SIP with firmware version 3 0 and later have internal memory follow the procedure described here to upload and process the data Earlier versions of the 37 SI and 37 SIP did not have internal memory SBE Data Processing cannot be used to process the real time data obtained with these older instruments Program Module Function 1 Seaterm232 Seaterm485 or SeatermIM all version 1 001 or earlier or Seaterm Seaterm232 Seaterm485 or SeatermIM for SBE 37 non IDO with firmware version gt 3 0 Use Upload menu to upload data in engineering units in XML xml format Use Convert XML data file in Tools menu to convert xml to cnv file which can be used by SBE Data Processing or Seaterm for SBE 37 non IDO with firmware version lt 3 0 Use Upload button to upload data in engineering units in ASCII asc format Use Convert button to convert asc to cnv file which can be used by SBE Data Processing 2 Derive EOS 80 Practical Salinity Compute Practical Salinity density and other parameters Note An SBE 37 stores calibration coefficients internally and does not have a co
258. r the sensors that were installed on your system Note e Ifyou plan to process the data with other modules select only the primary If you choose to compute derived variables to be converted and then use Derive to compute derived parameters in Data Conversion parameters such as salinity density sound velocity and oxygen note that the algorithms are the same as used in Derive with the e If desired you can select the same variable multiple times for the output exception of the oxygen descent cnv file If you do data processing operations on that variable in other rate and acceleration calculations modules will use the ast occurrence of the variable in the file see Appendix V Derived Example Select Primary Conductivity Primary Temperature Pressure Parameter Formulas for ia i L and Primary Conductivity again for output variables columns 1 2 3 algorithms for derived variables o and 4 respectively Then if you run Cell Thermal Mass it will correct the conductivity in column 4 only leaving column 1 uncorrected you could plot the corrected and uncorrected conductivity to see the changes If you then run Derive to calculate salinity it will use the corrected conductivity in column 4 in the salinity calculation e Ifyou will use Derive to compute gt Salinity density or other parameters that depend on salinity include pressure temperature and conductivity in the output file For a moored instrument w
259. ration two or more of the same model interfacing with the CTD Note See Calibration Coefficients for A D Count Sensors above for information on strain gauge pressure sensors used on the SBE 16plus and IM 16plus and IM V2 19plus 19plus V2 and 49 See Calibration Coefficients for Frequency Sensors above for information on Paroscientific Digiquartz pressure sensors Note In Seasave enter the altimeter alarm set point alarm hysteresis and minimum pressure to enable alarm View and or modify the sensor calibration coefficients by selecting the sensor and clicking the Modify button in the instrument Configuration dialog box For all calibration dialog boxes enter the sensor serial number and calibration date Many sensor calibration equations contain an offset term Unless noted otherwise use the offset default 0 0 to make small corrections for sensor drift between calibrations Calibration coefficients are discussed below for each type of sensor Strain gauge pressure sensors are covered first followed by the remaining voltage sensor types in alphabetical order Pressure Strain Gauge Calibration Coefficients Enter coefficients e Pressure sensor without temperature compensation gt Enter AO Al and A2 coefficients from the calibration sheet gt For older units with a linear fit pressure calibration enter M A1 and B AO from the calibration sheet and set A2 to zero gt For all units offset is
260. ration sheets in terms of both analog output voltage and digital output counts use the digital output values when calculating entering calibration coefficients for the RS 232 sensors SBE Data Processing calculates the converted sensor output based on the counts output instead of the voltage output by the sensor For all sensors enter the serial number calibration date and calibration coefficients Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an SBE 25plus interfacing with up to two RS 232 WET Labs sensors 69 Manual revision 7 23 2 Notes The GTD is compatible only with the SBE 16plus V2 16plus IM V2 and 19plus V2 See the CTD manual for required setup for the GTD SBE Data Processing supports single or dual GTDs Notes The Optode is compatible only with the SBE 16plus V2 16plus IM V2 and 19plus V2 See the CTD manual for required setup for the Optode See Calibration Coefficients for Voltage Sensors above for voltage output Oxygen sensors including the SBE 43 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin GTD Calibration Coefficients The GTD must be set up to output converted data millibars when integrated with a CTD Therefore calibration coefficients are not required in SBE Data Processing just enter the serial number and calibration date Aanderaa Oxygen Optode Calibration Coefficients Enter the serial number calibration date and information required for salinity a
261. re and either salinity or conductivity The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this Note Z Buoyancy Bl Ee The File Setup tab and File Options Help Header View tab are similar F j for all modules see Section 2 r e Latitude Buoyancy uses algorithm in Installation and Use File Setup Date Setup Header View UNESCO Technical Papers in Marine Science 44 to estimate local gravity from user input latitude Buoyancy Variable TE e Gravity Latitude Select variable used in buoyancy computation Gravity mn s 2 TEAT Calculate buoyancy variables for pressure values centered in window Buoyancy converts window Window size db m size from decibars to scans based on pressure interval between scans in input file If window size is less than 3 scans Buoyancy sets it to 3 scans If window size is an even number of scans Buoyancy adds 1 scan to window size see F Stability E rad 2 m Select buoyancy y A example below variables to be E Stability E 10 Brad 2r Note As used here a scan is one row of output computed and added Buoyancy frequency IN 2 1ad 2 s 2 data from Bin Average which is an average of to cnv file 1 2 3 or 4 variables can be Buoyancy frequency N cycles hour computed many scans of original data Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program as
262. rectly to computer during data sensor All others acquisition in Seasave has no effect on data y Surface FAR voltage added E Scar time added are optional file used by SBE Data Processing and therefore has no effect on data processing Surface PAR Select if using with deck unit connected to Surface PAR sensor Seasave i Frequency Temperature appends Surface PAR data to every scan BS els Ce SS E Adds 2 channels to Channel Sensor table 2 Frequency Conductivity Do not increase External voltage channels Ee e anieoniis to reflect this External voltage channels 5 reflects only external eee going AAD vatage PH Save or As to directly to SBE 19 from auxiliary sensors 4 A D voltage 1 Transtnissometer Chelsea Seatech4Wetlab ay sania ate or See Application Note 47 Save dg J xmicon file settings Scan time added Select if Seasave 5 Pressure voltage Pressure Strain Gauge appended time seconds since January 1 SEE 1970 GMT to each data scan E SPAR voltage Unavailable panem or E EIET i 1 SPAR voltage SPAR Surface Inadiance Pele aie Click a non shaded sensor and click Select to pick a different sensor Wodi to change for that channel A dialog box with a list of sensors appears Select EEIN calibration sensors after number of voltage channels have been specified above coefficients for that sensor Report Help uit Cancel Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Configuration Chang
263. ries are used only if you are calculating and outputting the associated variable to the cnv file For example if you do not select Oxygen in the Select Output Variables dialog box Data Conversion ignores the Oxygen window size and the enabling of hysteresis and Tau corrections on the Miscellaneous tab 74 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processing Data Conversion Creating Water Bottle ros Files A ros water bottle file contains data for each scan associated with a bottle firing and data for user selected range of scans before and after each bottle firing Scan range data for creation of a water bottle file can come from Notes You may have more than one source of scan range data available For example if Seasave is used with an SBE 911plus and SBE 32 Carousel Water Sampler a bottle log bl file is created Additionally if you used the Mark Scan feature in Seasave a mrk file is created If scan range data is defined by a afm file Data Conversion creates a bl file same name as input data file with bl extension The bl file is used when processing the water bottle data in Bottle Summary You can create a bsr file in a text editor if scan range data is not available in any of these forms Scans marked with bottle confirm bit in input data file if used SBE 9plus with an SBE 1 1p us Deck Unit and G O 1015 Rosette or SBE 9plus with an S
264. rive 93 Derive TEOS 10 96 Variable names 159 File Setup tab 13 Velocity 158 Filter 99 Voltage sensors 57 getting started 10 Header View tab 13 wW Loop Edit 102 Mark Scan 80 Water bottle files 75 module dialog box 11 WETStar 69 problems 147 Window Filter 106 Rosette Summary 78 SeaCale HI 132 Z Section 114 Split 115 Zaps 68 174
265. rocessing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments svCM1 Sound Velocity 2 Chen Millero m s svC2 M Chen Millero 2nd sensor m s svCF1 Sound Velocity 2 Chen Millero ft s svC2 F Chen Millero 2nd sensor ft s svDM1 Sound Velocity 2 Delgrosso m s svD2 M Delgrosso m s 2nd sensor svDF1 Sound Velocity 2 Delgrosso ft s svD2 F Delgrosso ft s 2nd sensor svWM1 Sound Velocity 2 Wilson m s svW2 M Wilson m s 2nd sensor svWFI1 Sound Velocity 2 Wilson ft s svW2 F Wilson ft s 2nd sensor iowSv Sound Velocity IOW m s iowSv m s IOW sound velocity sensor sbeSv iowSv Sound Velocity Diff SBE IOW m s svSbeC svIOW m s SBE CTD IOW SV sensor spar SPAR Surface Irradiance spar specc Specific Conductance uS cm specc uS cm speccumhoscm Specific Conductance umhos cm speccumhoscm umhos cm speccmsm Specific Conductance mS cm speccmsm mS cm speccmmhosem Specific Conductance mmhos cm speccmmhoscm mmhos cm sva Specific Volume Anomaly 10 8 m 3 kg sva 10 8 m 3 kg E Stability rad 2 m E rad 2 m Calculated in SBE Data Processing s Buoyancy module E10 8 Stability 10 8 rad 2 m E10 8 10 8 Calculated in SBE Data rad 2 m Processing s Buoyancy module t090Cm Temperature ITS 90 deg C t90 C ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor t4990C tnc90C or tv290C t090F t4990F Temperature ITS 90 deg F t
266. rom fUpcast and downcast processing by Bottle Summary or both V Process scans to end of file Create file types Create both data and bottle file X Source of data for creating bottle Select to replace existing header file in input file with header in hdr file Program looks for a file with a Source of scan range data Scans marked with bottle confirm bit e In same directory as input data file with same file name auto fire module or ECO afm file bottle log bl file or bottle scan range bsr file or e Scans marked with bottle Select which variables to convert confirm bitin inp t data file See Data Conversion Creating and output see dialog box below Select Output Variables Water Bottle ros Files below Select start time source for header Source for start time in output cnv header e Instrument s time stamp pie a instrument s time stamp in first Instrument s time stamp System UTC Scan range offset s Define scans from CTD data matching name but ney file to be included in bottle extension in same directory as input file Scan range duration s file See Data Conversion Creating Water Bottle ros Files below Merge separate header file data scan if available or in fe a header of input raw data file NMEA time Upload time NMEA time time from a NMEA device that was integrated with system time in first ate scan if Prompt for
267. s 10 5 11 0 11 5 Temperature ITS 68 deg C 128 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Multiple TS Plots No Overlay Output Options View Temperature ITS 90 deg C 123 rtr S Sea Plot View 1 14 27 40 34 35 If plotting multiple files title bar indicates which file number is shown and total number of files plotted Use View menu or keyboard Arrow Home or End keys to switch between files DI10011 cnv choices in TS Plot Setup dialog box Contour variable density so Sea Plot calculated and plotted sigma t Contour interval 0 2 Significant digits 2 Label position 5 Double click on plot title and Plot Setup tab appears allowing you to make changes and reprocess data Zoom in to enlarge details by clicking and dragging to select a rectangular area You can zoom in several times before reaching program limits Undo zoom by selecting Undo Zoom in View menu Double click on axis or axis label temperature or salinity and appropriate Axis Setup tab appears allowing you to make changes and reprocess data with new plotting parameters 27 60 T 34 40 34 45 34 50 i4 55 en 34 60 34 65 34 70 34 75 Salinity PSU 129 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing X Y Overlay Plot In View menu select Show Plot Legends to view complete list of Dou
268. s Enter scale factor offset units mx my and b from the calibration sheet e To enable entry of the mx my chlorophyll scale factor voltage offset and b coefficients you must corrected chlorophyll mx chlorophyll my NTU b first select the Turner SCUFA where OBS Nephelometer Turbidity NTU results from optional turbidity channel in SCUFA see Turner i R S a T ROURA M ORS equations below Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing of Turner SCUFA calibration 3 coefficients with up to two Turner SCUFA sensors e WET Labs AC3 This sensor requires two channels one for fluorometer voltage listed under fluorometers in the dialog box and the other for transmissometer voltage listed under transmissometers Make sure to select both when configuring the instrument Enter kv Vh2o0 and A X concentration mg m kv Vout Vh20 A X where Vout measured output voltage kv absorption voltage scaling constant inverse meters volt Vh20 measured voltage using pure water A X chlorophyll specific absorption coefficient 60 Manual revision 7 23 2 Notes e Units are dependent on the substance measured by the fluorometer For example units are ug l for chlorophyll ppb for Rhodamine ppt for Phycocyanin etc For complete description of calibration coefficient calculation see Application Note 62 For ECO FL NTU a second channel is required for turbidity
269. s a txt file for Report Hep viewing only cannot be modified that e Use junction box Select if SBE 45 data is transmitted to computer shows all parameters through optional 90402 SBE 45 Interface Box Interface Box can Return to SBE Data Processing in con or xmlicon file append optional SBE 38 and NMEA data to SBE 45 data stream window For command line SBE 38 temperature added Select if 90402 SBE 45 Interface e If Confirm Configuration Change generation of report Box is connected to SBE 38 remote temperature sensor Seasave was selected in Configure menu see Appendix III appends SBE 38 data to data stream Seasave Data Conversion If you made changes and did not Generating con or and Derive use remote temperature data when calculating density Save or Save As program asks if xmlcon File Reports and sound velocity you want to save changes ConReport exe NMEA data added Select if 90402 SBE 45 Interface Box is If Confirm Configuration Change connected to NMEA navigation device Seasave adds current latitude was not selected in Configure longitude and universal time code to data header appends NMEA menu Button says Save amp Exit data to every scan and writes NMEA data to nav file every time Ctrl If you do not want to save F7 is pressed or Add to nav File is clicked eo use Cancel button to exit Shown below is an example status DS response in Seaterm that corresponds to the setu
270. s greater than a minimum specified pressure and salinity is greater than a minimum specified salinity Depth is calculated from pressure based on user input latitude regardless of whether latitude data from a NMEA navigation device is in the data file e In Derive the algorithm is based on the assumption that the data has been bin averaged already Average sound velocity is computed scan by scan d depth of current scan depth of previous scan meters v sound velocity of this scan bin m sec e In Seasave and Data Conversion the algorithm also requires user input of a pressure window size and time window size It then calculates d depth at end of window depth at start of window m Vi sound velocity at start of window sound velocity at end of window 2 m sec When you select average sound velocity as a derived variable SBE Data Processing prompts you to enter the minimum pressure minimum salinity and if applicable pressure window size and time window size Average sound velocity Average sound velocity d and vi 153 Manual revision 7 23 2 SBE Data Processin potential temperature IPTS 68 6 s t p py C Potential temperature is the temperature an element of seawater would have if raised adiabatically with no change in salinity to reference pressure p Sea Bird software uses a reference pressure of 0 decibars Potential Temperature IPTS 68 calculation C Computer Code
271. s that support redundant sensors Unless noted otherwise derived variables are calculated only from primary sensor s Example Sound Velocity Chen Millero m s can be calculated from both primary and secondary temperature and conductivity sensors on an SBE 9plus which supports secondary temperature and conductivity sensors as indicated by the presence of both Sound Velocity Chen Millero m s and Sound Velocity 2 Chen Millero m s in the table However Average Sound Velocity Chen Millero m s can only be calculated from the primary temperature and conductivity sensors there is no entry for this variable with a 2 For some parameters there are multiple entries in the table with the same meaning for the user but different meanings for the software Example Short names of c_S m cond0S m and c0S m all have long names of Conductivity S m these parameters all provide conductivity in S m However the short names are different because of differences in the conductivity equation used by the software in the calculation equation varies depending on the CTD All variable selections can be made in Seasave and in SBE Data Processing s Derive module except as noted The list is in two parts e Practical Salinity and related thermodynamic parameters EOS 80 and auxiliary sensor data e Absolute Salinity and related thermodynamic parameters calculated in and output by SBE Data Processing s Derive TEOS 10 module 159
272. scans to include in bsr file for each scan in mrk file Example Offset is 5 scans and duration is 10 scans If mrk file contains scans 16 and 128 bsr file will look like this 16 5 11 11 10 21 133 128 5 123 123 10 133 Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e If Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process Mark Scan s output bsr file does not have a header 80 anual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processin Section 6 Data Processing Modules All data processing is performed on converted data from a cnv file Module Name Module Description Align CTD Align data relative to pressure typically used for conductivity temperature and oxygen Bin Average Average data basing bins on pressure depth scan number or time range Buoyancy Compute Brunt V is l buoyancy and stability frequency Cell Thermal Mass Perform conductivity thermal mass correction Derive Calculate salinity density sound velocity oxygen potential temperature dynamic height etc based
273. selected line or lines The dialog box looks like this Click to select 15 xj desired highlight color Color dialog Highlight Color C box appears make selection and click OK Note If Monochrome plot or Plot symbols only were selected on the Plot Setup tab the Plot Legend dialog box shows Double click on axis heading and all files for selected axis change to highlight color each line symbol instead of each line color and provides for user selection of a highlight symbol instead of a highlight color Double click on color and selected axis in selected file changes to highlight color x Axis 1 2a346d cnv 2a340d cnv Double click on file name and all lines all axes for Note that if you print save or copy plot to clipboard it does not include legend To save legend information click Copy Legend can then be pasted into another application such as Microsoft Word and saved selected file change to Help highlight color With the highlight color applied you can view the plot on screen and output to the printer file or clipboard When you click Cancel in the Plot Legend dialog box the colors return to what they were before you applied the highlight 130 Note If you print save or copy the plot to the clipboard it does not include the legend To save legend information click Copy in the Plot Legend dialog box The legend can then be pa
274. separator Space space tab semi colon or colon Select Time Conversion Formats Date and time formats for output If selected 1 column is Add first column data file applicable if date inserted before first column of selected as output variable data with specified column First column name name and data value et coha naoa e IV Replace bad flag If selected all occurrences of badflag in input file occurrences in flag column as well as in data columns ee ae 9 99e 029 are replaced with specified value in output file This Select which variables to may be useful for plotting purposes as SBE Data include in output data file Select Output Variables Processing uses a very small number 9 990e 29 for badflag which looks like 0 in a plot Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made Cancel changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit ASCII Out has the following x parameter when run from the Command Line Options dialog box from the command line or with batch file processing x Parameter Description string value maximum of 11
275. sessessseseseeses 134 Command Line Options sci ce cesta kee nok wines a ecto als 134 Command Line Operation ceccceseesseeseeseeceseeeeceeeenecesecnseeeeeseeneeeeseeeneeees 136 Batch File Processing a2 csch see coos ohooh ces acsceselbe ide ewe eos seine sted aoa xe dees 137 Appendix II Configure con or xmlcon File Format scssssssssseees 141 xmlcon Configuration File Format ccccsccecsesseeseeseseeeeceeeceseeeseenseeeenaees 141 con Configuration File Format ccccecccssccsesssecseeeeeceeeeeeeeeseenseenteeereneeeeanes 141 Appendix III Generating con or xmlcon File Reports CONREP OLE exes o E E N i 146 Appendix IV Software Problems eesesssseseororeseseseseseeoeeoeorororoseseseseseeeerereeeee 147 Appendix V Derived Parameter Formulas EOS 80 Practical Salinity 148 Appendix VI Output Variable Names sesesesrereseseseseeeoeoeoeseoeoreseseseseeeeeorereee 159 Practical Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters EOS 80 and Auxiliary Sensor Data sssseensseseeseeessesereressesersresestssreresersesseesrrseeseese 160 Absolute Salinity and related Thermodynamic Parameters TEOS 10 171 INO C N EEEE EEEE TETTE 172 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 1 Introduction SBE Data Processin Section 1 Introduction This section includes a brief description of Seasoft V2 and its components and a more detailed description of SBE Data Processing Sea Bird welcomes
276. sion 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Note This tab is grayed out if you selected Collect real time data with Seasave and or process real time HEX file on If you selected Process XML file uploaded from CTD memory click the Serial Sensors tab the first tab because the 25plus does not transmit real time serial sensor data Configuration for the SBE 25plus Sealogeer CTD File T C P Voltage Sensors Serial Sensors Real Time Options 25plus collected serial sensor data Serial port 1 ifSetEnableSer1 Y Serial sensor data f s f was included in CTD xml data file in Serial sensor data included in CTD xml data file memory if SetInlineSer1 Y Otherwise it was placed in a separate txt file which C Serial sensor data in separate txt file cannot be processed by SBE Data p i Processing if in a txt file all selections are grayed out Serial RS 232C sensor WET Labs 7 Serial port 2 Select serial sensor that is on 7 each serial channel None 25plus collected serial sensor data SBE 38 SBE 50 SBE 63 and ifSetEnableSer2 Y Serial sensor data Serial sensor data included in CTD xml data file WET Labs Triplet was included in CTD xml data file in memory if SetinlineSer2 Y Otherwise it 7 7 was placed ina separate txt file which amp Serial sensor data m separate twt file cannot be processed by SBE Data Processing if
277. sis correction was performed on oxygen hysteresis correction data Datcnv_ox_tau_ correction File type Selected output file type ASCII or binary Whether tau correction was performed on oxygen data Data Conversion adds the following to the data file header for a ros water bottle file Label Description Number of columns fields of converted data Note Data Conversion automatically adds 1 field to number Nquan selected by user i e if user selects 3 variables to convert then nquan 4 This added field initially set to 0 is used by Loop Edit to mark bad scans Nvalues Number of scans converted Units Specified indicates units are specified separately for each variable Name n Sensor and units associated with data in column n Interval Scan rate seconds Start_time Data start time Sensor description serial number and calibration date and coefficients all in XML format Datcnv_date Date and time that module was run Input hex or dat data file and con or xmlcon Sensors Dateniv in configuration file Datcnv_bottle_ Source of data for creating bottle file and scan range offset scan_range source and duration Datcnv_scans_ Number of data scans bottle in ros file based on scan range per_bottle offset and duration and CTD sampling rate 77 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 5 Raw Data Conversion Modules SBE Data Processing Bottle
278. slate binary or vice versa Data plotting Plot data C T P as well as derived Performed on variables overlay plots and TS contour converted data Sea Plot plots Plots can be printed or saved to a from a cnv file file or clipboard Can plot data at any See Section 8 point after Data Conversion has been run Miscellaneous Performed on Calculate derived variables from one data typed in SeaCalc III user input scan of temperature by user pressure etc See Section 9 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 2 Installation and Use SBE Data Processin Section 2 Installation and Use Seasoft V2 was designed to work with a PC running Win XP Service pack 2 or later Windows Vista or Windows 7 Installation Note Sea Bird supplies the current version of our software when you purchase an instrument As software revisions occur we post the revised software on our FTP site e You may not need the latest version Our revisions often include improvements and new features related to one instrument which may have little or no impact on your operation See our website www seabird com for the latest software version number a description of the software changes and instructions for downloading the software from the FTP site If not already installed install SBE Data Processing and other Sea Bird software programs on your computer using the supplied software CD 1 Insert the CD in your CD drive 2 Double
279. sor Ist sensor sbeox0Mg Ldiff Oxygen SBE 43 Diff 2 1 mg l sbeox mg l diff mg l 2nd sensor 1st sensor sbeoxOPSdiff Oxygen SBE 43 Diff 2 1 saturation _ sbeox S diff saturation 2nd sensor 1st sensor sbeox0Mm Oxygen SBE 43 Diff 2 1 umol kg sbeox mm kg diff umol kg 2nd sensor 1st sensor Kgdiff sbeox0Mm Ldiff Oxygen SBE 43 Diff 2 1 umol 1 sbeox mm I diff umol I 2nd sensor Ist sensor sbeoxpd Oxygen raw SBE 63 phase delay usec sbeoxpd usec 1 sensor sbeoxpdv Oxygen raw SBE 63 phase delay V sbeoxpdv V 1 sensor sbeoxpd1 Oxygen raw SBE 63 phase delay 2 usec sbeoxpd2 usec 2nd sensor sbeoxpdv1 Oxygen raw SBE 63 phase delay 2 V sbeoxpdv2 V 2nd sensor sbeoxtv Oxygen raw SBE 63 thermistor voltage V sbeoxtv V 1 sensor sbeoxtv1 Oxygen raw SBE 63 thermistor voltage 2 _ sbeoxtv2 V 2nd sensor V sbeoxTC Oxygen Temperature SBE 63 ITS 90 deg sbeoxTC ITS 90 deg C 1 sensor C sbeoxTF Oxygen Temperature SBE 63 ITS 90 deg sbeoxTF ITS 90 deg F 1 sensor F sbeoxTC1 Oxygen Temperature SBE 63 2 ITS 90 sbeoxTC1 ITS 90 deg C 2nd sensor deg C sbeoxTF1 Oxygen Temperature SBE 63 2 ITS 90 sbeoxTF1 ITS 90 deg F 2nd sensor deg F sbeopoxML L Oxygen SBE 63 ml I sbeopox ml l ml l 1 sensor sbeopoxMg L Oxygen SBE 63 mg l sbeopox mg l mg l 1 sensor sbeopoxPS Oxygen SBE 63 saturation sbeopox S saturation 1 sensor sbeopoxMm Kg Oxygen SBE 63 umol kg sbeopox Mm Kg umol kg
280. stant equal to four times the CTD scan rate Conductivity and temperature are typically filtered for some CTDs Two time constants can be specified so different parameters can be filtered with different time constants in one run of Filter Typical time constants are Time iastenniaut Temperature Conductivity Pressure seconds seconds seconds SBE 9plus 0 15 SBE 19plus or 19plus V2 0 5 0 5 1 0 SBE 19 not plus with or without TC duct and pump oe aa 20 SBE 25 or 25plus 0 1 0 1 0 5 SBE 49 with TC duct and 0 085 0 085 0 25 3000 rpm pump The SBE 49 can be programmed to filter the data in real time with a cosine window filter see WFilter eliminating the need to run Filter on temperature and conductivity data See the SBE 49 manual for details The Data Setup tab in the dialog box looks like this File Options Help Note The File Setup tab and Header View tab are similar File Setup Data Setup Header View for all modules see Section 2 Installation and Use Low pass filter time constant s foad gt Desired filter time constants Low pass filter BL time constant s 0 15 Specify Filters Select which variables to apply filter to and which time constant to use for each variable Return to SBE Data Processing window e f Confirm Program Setup Change was selected in Options menu If you made changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you wan
281. sted into another application such as Microsoft Word and saved Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Plot Menus The Sea Plot View window s menus are described below Output Directs Sea Plot to output plot now to printer clipboard or a file If multiple files are plotted but not as an overlay you can output plot shown on screen or plots for all files How plot is output size file type etc is controlled by Options menu Options Sets up how plot is output to printer clipboard or a file e Print gt Orientation landscape portrait or print driver default gt Print full page scale plot to fit 8 1 2 x 11 inch page If not selected Size determined by Sea Plot View Dimensions dimensions of plot as shown on screen File Setup tab entries entries on File Setup tab for Width and Height Values Entered Below dimensions entered in dialog box in mm e File gt Data format Metafile wmf Jpeg jpg or Bitmap bmp gt Size determined by Sea Plot View Dimensions dimensions of plot as shown on screen File Setup tab entries entries on File Setup tab for Width and Height Values Entered Below dimensions entered in dialog box in mm e Clipboard gt Data format Metafile wmf Jpeg jpg or Bitmap bmp gt Size determined by Sea Plot View Dimensions dimensions of plot as shown on screen File Setup tab entries entries on File Setup tab for W
282. suggestions for new features and enhancements of our products and or documentation Please contact us with any comments or suggestions seabird seabird com or 425 643 9866 Our business hours are Monday through Friday 0800 to 1700 Pacific Standard Time 1600 to 0100 Universal Time in winter and 0800 to 1700 Pacific Daylight Time 1500 to 0000 Universal Time the rest of the year Summary Note The following Seasoft DOS calibration modules are not available in Seasoft V2 e OXFIT compute oxygen calibration coefficients e OXFITW compute oxygen calibration coefficients using Winkler titration values e PHFIT compute pH coefficients See the Seasoft DOS manual Seasoft V2 consists of modular menu driven routines for acquisition display processing and archiving of oceanographic data acquired with Sea Bird equipment Seasoft V2 is designed to work with a PC running Win XP Service Pack 2 or later Windows Vista or Windows 7 Seasoft V2 is actually several stand alone programs e SeatermV2 a launcher for Seaterm232 Seaterm485 SeatermIM and SeatermUSB Seaterm and SeatermAF terminal programs that send commands for status setup data retrieval and diagnostics to a wide variety of Sea Bird instruments Note SeatermV2 is used with our newest generation of instruments which have the ability to output data in XML e Seasave V7 program that acquires and displays real time and raw archived data for a variet
283. t to save changes e f Confirm Program Setup Change was not selected in Options menu Button says Save amp Exit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit Begin processing data Status field on File Setup tab shows Processing complete when done Start Process 99 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processin The Specify Filters dialog box looks like this Variable Name unit ter 1 i Temperature ITS 90 deg C paaa i Select None Filter A or Oxygen Current Beckman YSI uA Filter B for each Oxygen Temperature Beckman YSl deg C variable Oxygen Beckman VSI mA Filter Formulas For a low pass filter with time constant I T l o 2nf T sample interval seconds So 1 T Laplace transform of the transfer function of a low pass filter single pole with a time constant of T seconds is HO Tags Using the bilinear transform a 2 z 2 1 Si Tsz Ted 1 zit H z 2e ig 2 1 2 TS T z 1 So TS i ce n 2 1 1 Fs If A B 2 7 1 1 TSo TSo al Then H O A 4 X z 1 Bz Where z is the unit delay one scan behind y N current output y N 1 previous output x N input data current scan x N 1 previous input data from previous scan lt z 1 Bz X z A z 1 N By N 1 Ax N 1 Ax N N A x N x N 1 By N 1 100
284. tX QexdDQtxe Tctd p Ou Sq 756 0 potential temperature ITS 90 0 s t p pr 1 00024 C potential temperature anomaly potential temperature a0 al x salinity or potential temperature a0 al x Sigma theta When you select potential temperature anomaly as a derived variable SBE Data Processing prompts you to enter a0 al and the selection of salinity or sigma theta 154 Manual revision 7 23 2 Notes e You can also enter the user input parameters on the Miscellaneous tab in Data Conversion plume anomaly is not available as a derived variable in Derive Reference Baker E T Feely R A Mottl M J Sansone F T Wheat C G Resing J A Lupton J E Hydrothermal plumes along the East Pacific Rise 8 40 to 11 50 N Plume distribution and relationship to the apparent magmatic budget Earth and Planetary Science Letters 128 1994 1 17 SBE Data Processin plume anomaly potential temperature s t p Reference Pressure Theta B Theta Z Salinity Z salinity Salinity B When you select plume anomaly as a derived variable SBE Data Processing prompts you to enter Theta B Salinity B Theta Z Salinity Z and Reference Pressure The plume anomaly equation is based on work in hydrothermal vent plumes The algorithm used for identifying hydrothermal vent plumes uses potential temperature gradient conditions in the region vent salinity and ambient s
285. tandard deviations If the input file has some variables with large values and some with relatively smaller values it may be necessary to run Wild Edit more than once varying the value for Keep data within this distance of mean so that it is meaningful for each variable Better results may also be obtained by increasing Scans per block from 100 to around 500 Example Sensor A s range is approximately 1000 and Sensor B s range is approximately 10 Run Wild Edit on Sensor A using Keep data within this distance of mean 10 Then run Wild Edit on Sensor B using Keep data within this distance of mean 0 1 Wild Edit adds the following to the data file header Label Description Wildedit_date Date and time that module was run Wildedit_in Input cnv converted data file Wildedit_pass1_nstd Number of standard deviations for pass 1 test Wildedit_pass2_nstd Number of standard deviations for pass 2 test Wildedit_pass2_mindelta Keep data within this distance of mean Wildedit_npoint Number of points to include in each test Wildedit_vars List of the variables tested for wild points If yes values in scans marked with badflag Wildedit_excl_bad_scans in Loop Edit will not be used to determine standard deviation 105 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Window Filter Window Filter provides four types of window filters and a median filter
286. ted badflag from o WILD EDIT not plotted 121 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing Overlay Setup If an overlay plot type is selected on the Plot Setup tab the Overlay Setup button is enabled If clicked the following dialog box appears Overlay Set x Axis offsets define distance to separate plot from Zi each file for each axis Offset units match axis Axis 1 offset p2 units For example if Axis 1 is temperature in C a ie 0 2 offset means that file 1 plots at actual data Axis 2 offset 9 05 points file 2 plots at 0 2 C more than actual data points file 3 plots at 0 4 C more than actual data Axis 3 offset points etc This creates a waterfall effect and allows user to see changes in shape that would be difficult to see if plots were not offset from each other Note Axis offsets are not applicable for TS plots Axis 4 offset Select line symbols for each axis for each file Applicable if Monochrome Plot or Plot symbols only selected on Plot Setup tab See below Line Colors Double click on an axis heading to select a range of colors for that axis for all files Color wheel dialog box appears see below Line Colo Double click on a file heading to File Axis XAxis2 XAxis3 x Axis 4 select a range of 1 colors for that file for all axes Double click on a box to pick a color for selected axis in selected file Color dialo
287. ter depth calculation If disabled software SBE 37 you can change this ses Latitude on Miscellaneous tab of Data value in xmlcon file if you have Conversion or Derive in salt water depth updated deployment depth Use deployment latitude in depth calculations calculation information Indicates if SBE 37 includes Sample interval seconds Indicates if SBE 37 includes integrated dissolved oxygen sensor and type of sensor Pressure sensor IDOs use SBE 43 ODOs use SBE 63 see reply from GetCC or DS Deployment latitude Channel Sensor 1 Count Temperature New New to create new con or xmicon file for this CTD Ta Open j 2 Frequency Conductivity pen Open to select different con or xmlicon file 3 Serial RS 232 Oxygen SBE 63 Save or Save As to save current con or xmlcon file Save As settings Click a sensor and click Modify to change calibration coefficients for that sensor Cancel Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot Return to SBE Data Processing window be modified that shows all parameters in e If Confirm Configuration Change was selected in Configure menu If you made con or xmlicon file For command line changes and did not Save or Save As program asks if you want to save changes generation of report see Appendix III e lf Confirm Configuration Change was not selected in Configure menu Button says Generating con or xmicon File Reports Save amp E
288. ters enclose in double quotes and separate with a space do not specify x xModule parameter more than once String Example Run Data Conversion telling it to skip first 1000 scans and also run Window Filter telling it to output difference between original and filtered value x datenv skip 1000 wfilter diff Correct xdatenv skip1000 xwfilter diff Incorrect If specifying multiple parameters insert one or more spaces or tabs between each parameter in the list cString AString pString Example You set up and saved psa files for Filter Loop Edit Bin Average and Derive within each module s dialog box and ran each module successively The input and output file names in all the psa files were the same c lst test cnv this has the effect of overwriting the module input with the module output You now want to run each process again using a different input and output file c 2nd testl cnv You enter the following in SBE Data Processing s Command Line Options dialog box ic 2nd testl cnv ftestl cnv oc 2nd When you pull down on the Run menu and select Filter you see in the Filter dialog box that the program substituted c 2nd test1 cnv for c Ist test cnv as the input data and output data path and file Similarly testl cnv is shown as the input and output data file in all the modules You can run each process rapidly in succession without needing to enter the new path
289. the DOS batch file using the percent sign followed by numbers 1 through 9 1 in the batch file is replaced by the first command line parameter 2 in the batch file is replaced by the second command line parameter and so on until 9 Each line in the batch file contains the process name followed by command line arguments The process names are Module Process Name Align CTD Alignctd ASCII In Asciiin ASCII Out Asciiout Bin Average Binavg Bottle Summary Bottlesum Buoyancy Buoyancy Cell Thermal Mass Celltm Data Conversion Datcnv Derive Derive Derive TEOS 10 DeriveTEOS10 Filter Filter Loop Edit Loopedit Mark Scan Markscan Sea Plot Seaplot Section Section Split Split Strip Strip Translate Trans Wild Edit Wildedit Window Filter Wfilter Bottle Summary s process name was previously Rossum Bottlesum will run if Bottlesum or Rossum is used in the batch file 137 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation amp Batch File Processing SBE Data Processing The batch file can also contain comment lines to document the file purpose Any line beginning with is a comment line and does not affect the results Note The default program setup psa file is the last saved psa file for the module PostProcSuite ini contains the location and file name of the last saved psa file for each module Primary PostProcSuite ini file default
290. time since they share common code and Seasave cannot use future values of oxygen while acquiring data in real time Derive uses a centered window equal number of points before and after the scan to obtain a better estimate of the derivative Use Seasave and Data Conversion to obtain a quick look at oxygen values use Derive to obtain the most accurate values e Hysteresis correction SBE 43 only when using Sea Bird equation Under extreme pressure changes can occur in gas permeable Teflon membranes that affect their permeability characteristics Some of these changes plasticization and amorphous crystalinity ratios have long time constants and depend on the sensor s time pressure history These slow processes result in hysteresis in long deep casts The hysteresis correction algorithm using H1 H2 and H3 coefficients entered for the SBE 43 in the con or xmlcon file operates through the entire data profile and corrects the oxygen voltage values for changes in membrane permeability as pressure varies At each measurement the correction to the membrane permeability is calculated based on the current pressure and how long the sensor spent at previous pressures Hysteresis responses of membranes on individual SBE 43 sensors are very similar and in most cases the default hysteresis parameters provide the accuracy specification of 2 of true value For users requiring higher accuracy 1 umol kg the parameters can be fine tuned if a compl
291. time derivative of oxygen signal volts sec H1 H2 H3 calibration terms used for hysteresis correction K absolute temperature Kelvin Oxsol T S oxygen saturation ml l a parameterization from Garcia and Gordon 1992 OR Owens Millard Enter Soc Boc Voffset tcor pcor and tau OX Soc V Voffset tau dV dt Boc exp 0 03T exp tcor T pcor P Oxsat T S where OX dissolved oxygen concentration ml I T measured temperature from CTD C P measured pressure from CTD decibars S calculated salinity from CTD PSU V temperature compensated oxygen signal volts dV dt derivative of oxygen signal volts sec Oxsat T S oxygen saturation ml I Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two SBE 43 oxygen sensors 64 Manual revision 7 23 2 Notes See Application Note 11General for multiplier values for output units other than uEinsteins m sec See Application Notes 11QSP L Biospherical sensor with built in log amplifier 11QSP PD Biospherical sensor without built in log amplifier 11Licor LI COR sensor and 11Chelsea for complete description of calculation of calibration coefficients for underwater PAR sensors Selection of Par Irradiance Biospherical Licor as the voltage sensor is also applicable to the Chelsea PAR sensor For complete description of calculation of calibration coefficients for surface PAR see Application Note 11S SB
292. ting Module Sea Plot SBE Data Processing TS Plot Axis Setup Tabs An Axis Setup tab looks like this for TS plots Temperature axis tab shown Salinity axis tab is similar Drop down list includes all applicable variables in data cnv file temperature and potential temperature for Temperature tab and salinity for Salinity tab as well as derived salinity for Salinity tab Sea Plot indicates range of data for selected variable to assist you in setup of plot scale Range is full range of data in cnv file s and does not reflect your selection of Scans to process Scans to skip at start Scans to skip between points etc in Process Options dialog box If file contains data collected while instrument was in air range reflects these values If multiple files were selected on File Setup tab range is lowest value in all files to highest value in all files If selected variable on Salinity tab is derived salinity variable range shown is 0 to 0 because Sea Plot does not know derived salinity values until you click Start Process and it begins to calculate derived values Order in drop down list reflects order of variables in file If file contains multiple occurrences of a variable for example you calculated salinity in Data Conversion and then again in Derive after aligning and filtering data list adds a suffix 1 Dr os etc to variable name do not confuse this with labeling for data from duplicate sensors for example Salinity 2
293. ting up con or xmlcon file for SBE 19 create con or xmlcon file for SBE 16 for SBE 19 in moored mode MM sample rate 1 scan every 0 5 seconds Sample rate SR must match 0 5 second intervals in con or xmlicon file minimum raw conductivity frequency for pump turn on 3206 hertz pump delay 40 seconds samples 0 free 174126 lwait 0 msec battery cutoff 7 2 volts number of voltages sampled 2 Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled SVn must match External voltage channels in con or xmlcon file logdata NO 34 Manual revision 7 23 2 Channel Sensor table reflects this choice 0 1 2 3 or 4 Must agree with 19p us setup for VoltN N 0 1 2 and 3 see reply from DS Voltage channel 0 in con or xmlicon file corresponds to first external voltage in data stream voltage channel 1 to second external voltage in data stream etc Interval between scans in Moored mode Must agree with 19p us setup Samplelnterval see reply from DS e NMEA Select if NMEA navigation device used and if NMEA depth data and NMEA time data were also appended Seasave adds current latitude longitude and universal time code to data header appends NMEA data to every scan and writes NMEA data to nav file every time Ctrl F7 is pressed or Add to nav File is clicked Note Whether NMEA device was connected to a deck unit or directly to computer during data acquisition in Seasave has no effect
294. tion Sea Plot can display data at any point after a cnv file has been created Use ASCII Out to export converted data without header to other software Oxygen computed by Seasave and Data Conversion differs from oxygen computed by Derive Both algorithms use the derivative of the oxygen signal with respect to time gt Quick estimate Seasave and Data Conversion compute the derivative looking back in time because Seasave cannot use future values while acquiring real time data gt Most accurate results Derive uses a user input centered window equal number of points before and after scan to compute the derivative Profiling CTDs that have a configuration con or xmlcon file SBE 9plus 19 19plus 19plus V2 25 25plus and 49 Other instruments moored CTDs and thermosalinographs that have a configuration con or xmlcon file SBE 16 16plus 16p us IM 16plus V2 16plus IM V2 21 and 45 MicroCATs with data uploaded using SeatermV2 version 1 1 or later providing a hex data file and a xmlcon configuration file SBE 37 SM 37 SMP 37 SMP IDO 37 SMP ODO 37 IM 37 IMP 37 IMP IDO 37 IMP ODO 37 SI 37 SIP 37 SIP IDO and 37 SIP ODO MicroCATs with data uploaded using Seaterm or SeatermV2 version 1 001 or earlier providing a xml or asc data file and no configuration con or xmlcon file SBE 37 SM 37 SMP 37 IM 37 IMP 37 SI and 37 SIP Instruments that do not have a configur
295. tion can be performed to calculate and output oxygen voltage and or calculated oxygen ml l etc in Data Conversion Hysteresis corrected voltage from Data Conversion can be further processed in other modules such as Align CTD before calculating oxygen values ml l etc in Derive SBE Data Processin Oxygen ml l is calculated as described in Application Note 64 SBE 43 Dissolved Oxygen Sensor or Application Note 13 1 SBE 13 23 30 Dissolved Oxygen Sensor Calibration amp Deployment When you select oxygen as a derived variable Data Conversion prompts you to enter the window size seconds and asks if you want to apply the Tau correction and the hysteresis correction e Tau correction The Tau correction tau T P 5V 5t in SBE 43 or tau doc dt in SBE 13 or 23 improves response of the measured signal in regions of large oxygen gradients However this term also amplifies residual noise in the signal especially in deep water in some situations this negative consequence overshadows gains in signal responsiveness If the Tau correction is enabled oxygen computed by Seasave and Data Conversion is somewhat different from values computed by Derive Both algorithms compute the derivative of the oxygen signal with respect to time with a user input window size for calculating the derivative using a linear regression to determine the slope Seasave and Data Conversion compute the derivative looking backward in
296. tion date 2 I Primary temperature sensor using g h i j coefficients calibration date 22 Secondary conductivity sensor using g h i j coefficients calibration date 23 Secondary temperature sensor using g h i j coefficients calibration date 24 FGP pressure sensor 0 serial number 25 FGP pressure sensor 0 calibration date 26 FGP pressure sensor 0 scale factor offset 27 FGP pressure sensor 1 serial number 28 FGP pressure sensor 1 calibration date 29 FGP pressure sensor 1 scale factor offset 30 FGP pressure sensor 2 serial number 3i FGP pressure sensor 2 calibration date 32 FGP pressure sensor 2 scale factor offset 33 FGP pressure sensor 3 serial number 34 FGP pressure sensor 3 calibration date 35 FGP pressure sensor 3 scale factor offset 36 FGP pressure sensor 4 serial number 37 FGP pressure sensor 4 calibration date 38 FGP pressure sensor 4 scale factor offset 39 FGP pressure sensor 5 serial number 40 FGP pressure sensor 5 calibration date 41 FGP pressure sensor 5 scale factor offset 42 FGP pressure sensor 6 serial number 43 FGP pressure sensor 6 calibration date 44 FGP pressure sensor 6 scale factor offset 45 FGP pressure sensor 7 serial number 46 FGP pressure sensor 7 calibration date 47 FGP pressure sensor 7 scale factor offset 48 Primary OBS Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor serial number 49 Primary OBS Nephelometer seapoint turbidity meter sensor calibration date 50
297. to start Cancel 134 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation amp Batch File Processing SBE Data Processing Note If you do not select Auto Start when you select a module the module dialog box appears allowing you to review the selected input files and data setup before beginning processing The option parameters are Parameter Description Use String as instrument configuration con or xmlcon file String must include full path and file name Note If using this parameter you must also specify input file name using iString Use String as input data file name String must include full path and file name The iString option supports standard wildcard expansion e matches any single character in specified position within file name or extension e matches any set of characters starting at specified position within file name or extension and continuing until end of file name or extension or another specified character oString Use String as output directory not including file name fString Use String as output file name not including directory aString _ Append String to output file name before extension Use String as Program Setup psa file String must include full path and file name Use String to define an additional parameter to pass to Module Not all modules have x parameters see module descriptions If specifying multiple x parame
298. transmission CC must match Real time data output rate in con or xmicon file minimum conductivity frequency for pump turn on 2950 pump delay 45 seconds Fl battery type ALKALINI 2 external voltages sampled Number of auxiliary voltage sensors enabled CC must match External voltage channels in con or xmlcon file stored voltage 0 external voltage 0 stored voltage 1 external voltage 1 42 Manual revision 7 23 2 e XML file if selected selections on Real Time Options tab are grayed out HEX file if selected selections on Serial Sensors tab are grayed out Shaded sensors cannot be removed or changed to another type of sensor Section 4 Configurin Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 25plus Sealogger Configuration File T C P Voltage Sensors Serial Sensors Real Time Options New Open Save Configuration file opened 25plustest xmlcon Configuration file usage Channel Sensor Frequency Temperature Frequency Conductivity Count Pressure Strain Gauge 4 D voltage 0 Oxygen SBE 43 A D voltage 1 pH A D voltage 2 Oxidation Reduction Potential A D voltage 3 Altimeter 4 D voltage 4 Fluorometer WET Labs ECO AFL FL A D voltage 5 Fluorometer WET Labs ECO CDOM 4 D voltage 6 Free A D voltage 7 Free Opens a txt file for viewing only cannot be modified that shows all parameters in con or xmlcon file For command line generati
299. tring Use String as output file name not including directory c Documents and Settings f Append String to output file name before file name dbresko SEABIRD Application Data aString extension Sea Bird IniFiles PostProcSuite ini Use String as Program Setup psa file String must include full path and file name Use String to define an additional parameter to pass to Module Not all modules have x parameters see module xModule descriptions If specifying multiple x parameters enclose in String double quotes and separate with a space Example Run Data Conversion from command line telling it to skip first 1000 scans datcnvw exe xdatcnv skip1000 s Start processing now If specifying multiple parameters insert one or more spaces or tabs between each parameter in the list pString 136 M anual revision 7 23 2 _ Appendix Command Line Options Command Line Operation amp Batch File Processin Note If you have not modified your autoexec bat file to put the exe files in the path statement specify the full path of the exe file in the Run dialog box SBE Data Processin Example The specified input file directory contains test dat testl dat and test2 dat Select Run in the Windows Start menu The Run dialog box appears Run 21x Z Type the name of a program folder document or Intemet resource ahd Windows will open it for you Open datonvw exe Atest
300. truments Data Conversion inserts a column with the moored pressure entered in the con or xmlicon file Data dialog in the output cnv file For the SBE 21 and 45 Data Conversion inserts a column of 0 s for pressure in the output cnv file The SBE 45 outputs data in engineering units However you must still run Data Conversion to put the data in a format that can be used by SBE Data Processing s other modules For an SBE 21 or 45 with a remote temperature sensor Seasave Data Conversion Derive and Derive TEOS 10 all use the remote temperature data when calculating density and sound velocity SeatermIM or 16plus V2 or SeatermIM for 16plus IM V2 Seaterm e Upload button in Seaterm Convert raw data to a cnv file selecting ASCII as data conversion format Converted data includes e pressure temperature and conductivity e if applicable dissolved oxygen current and 2 Data dissolved oxygen temperature SBE 13 or 23 Conversion dissolved oxygen signal SBE 43 dissolved oxygen phase delay and thermistor voltage SBE 63 e if applicable light transmission pH fluorescence etc Compute e Practical Salinity density and other parameters 3 Derive e oxygen from oxygen current and oxygen EOS 80 temperature SBE 13 or 23 oxygen signal SBE Practical 43 or oxygen phase delay and thermistor Salinity voltage SBE 63 Note that input file must include conductivity temperature and pressure
301. tton in Seaterm or SeatermAF as applicable Convert raw data to a cnv file selecting ASCII as data conversion format Converted data includes e pressure temperature and conductivity e if applicable dissolved oxygen current and dissolved oxygen temperature SBE 13 or 23 dissolved oxygen signal SBE 43 dissolved oxygen phase delay and thermistor voltage SBE 63 e if applicable light transmission pH fluorescence etc 3 Filter Low pass filter pressure to increase pressure resolution for Loop Edit and low pass filter temperature and conductivity to smooth high frequency data 4 Align CTD Advance conductivity temperature and oxygen relative to pressure to align parameters in time This ensures that calculations of salinity dissolved oxygen and other parameters are made using measurements from same parcel of water 5 Cell Thermal Mass Perform conductivity cell thermal mass correction if salinity accuracy of better than 0 01 PSU is desired in regions with steep gradients Note Do not use Cell Thermal Mass for freshwater data Mark scans where CTD is moving less than minimum 6 Loop Edit velocity or traveling backwards due to ship roll Compute e Practical Salinity density and other parameters 7 Derive e oxygen from oxygen current and oxygen EOS 80 temperature SBE 13 or 23 oxygen signal Practical SBE 43 or oxygen phase delay and thermistor Salinity voltage SBE 63 Note that in
302. ty relative to temperature a positive number of seconds rror Negative Downcast Conductivity leads Temperature Cb 0 db Pressure Positive No Pressure Downcast Conductivity lags Temperature Downcast C and T Aligned The best alignment of conductivity with respect to temperature is obtained when the salinity spikes are minimized Some experimentation with different advances is required to find the best alignment Typical Temperature Alignment The SBE 19 19plus and 19plus V2 use a temperature sensor with a relatively slow time response while the SBE 9plus 25 25plus and 49 use a temperature sensor with a faster time response Typical advances are Instrument Advance of Temperature Relative to Pressure seconds 9plus 0 19 19plus or 19plus V2 ae 25 or 25plus 0 49 0 0625 The SBE 49 can be programmed to advance temperature relative to pressure in real time eliminating the need to run Align CTD See the SBE 49 manual for details 83 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 6 Data Processing Modules SBE Data Processing Note All SBE 11 series deck units can advance primary conductivity which may eliminate the need to use Align CTD for conductivity The SBE 11p us does not advance secondary conductivity The SBE 11plus V2 can advance secondary conductivity and all voltage channels the advance time is user programmable Advance C relative to T 0 073 seconds
303. ut format must be set to raw Hex OutputFormat 0 to acquire data in Seasave 36 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin SBE 19p us V2 SeaCAT Profiler Configuration Through the CTD s RS 232 sensor connector the SBE 19p us V2 can interface with an SBE 38 secondary temperature sensor SBE 63 Optical Dissolved oxygen sensor WET Labs sensor single dual or triple channel ECO WETStar or C Star Optode or up to two Pro Oceanus Gas Tension Devices GTDs This data is appended to the data stream SBE 38 data does not replace the internal 19p us V2 temperature data Channel Sensor table reflects this choice 0 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 Must agree with 19p us V2 setup for Strain gauge or Digiquartz with VoItN N 0 1 2 3 4 and 5 see temperature compensation reply from GetCD or DS Voltage channel 0 in con or xmicon file corresponds to first external voltage in data stream voltage channel 1 to second external Extemal voltage channels 4 voltage in data stream etc Must agree with 19p us V2 setup MP for Profiing mode MM for Moored mode see reply from GetCD or DS Mode None SBE 38 secondary temperature SBE 63 Interval between scans in Moored Optical DO sensor WET Labs sensor up to 3 mode Must agree with 19p us V2 Serial RS 232C sensor channels up to 2 GTDs dissolved oxygen or setup Sampleinterval see reply nitrogen or Optode Must agree with 1
304. when you install SBE Data Processing default location c Program Files Sea Bird SBEDataProcessing Win32 The format for running ConReport is Conreport InputFilename OutputDirectory S Parameter Description InputFilename is con or xmlcon file for which you want to generate a report Must include full path and file name This parameter supports standard wildcard expansion with matches any set of characters starting at specified position within file name or extension and continuing until the end of file name or extension or another specified character optional Full path to location to store output txt file s OutputDirectory If not specified defaults to location of input con or xmicon file s S optional Do not echo messages to screen If specifying multiple parameters insert one or more spaces or tabs between each parameter in the list InputFilename Example Generate Reports for All con Files in Directory and Save to Different Directory The con files test1 con test2 con and test3 con are in c leg1 and you want to generate the txt reports and save them to c CruiseSummary At the DOS prompt starting in the directory where ConReport is located default c Program Files Sea Bird S BEDataProcessing Win32 type in the program name and parameters as shown conreport c leg1 con c CruiseSummary The program responds c CruiseSummary test1 txt c CruiseSummary test2 txt c Cru
305. witching between high and low gains Select the gain range switch gt Output Voltage Level if the instrument indicates gain by output voltage level lt 2 5 volts is low gain gt 2 5 volts is high gain Low gain value A0 Al V High gain value BO B1 V gt Modulo Bit if the instrument has control lines custom wired to bits in the SBE 9p us modulo word Bit not set value A0 Al V Bit set value BO B1 V gt None if the instrument does not change gain value A0 Al V where V voltage from sensor Dr Haardt Voltage Level Switching Examples Example Chlorophyll a Low range scale 10 mg l and Gain 10 2 5 4 mg I volt A0 0 0 Al 4 0 High range scale 100 mg l and Gain 100 2 5 40 mg I volt BO 100 B1 40 0 58 Manual revision 7 23 2 Note See Application Note 54 for complete description of calculation of Seapoint fluorometer calibration coefficients Note See Application Note 77 for complete description of calculation of Seapoint ultraviolet fluorometer calibration coefficients Section 4 Configurin e Seapoint Enter gain and offset Instrument Configure Concentration V 30 gain offset where SBE Data Processin Gain is dependent on cable used see cable drawing pins 5 and 6 Note SBE Data Processing can process data for an instrument interfacing with up to two Seapoint fluorometers e Seapoint Rhodamine Enter gain and offset Concentr
306. xit If you do not want to save changes use Cancel button to exit ConReport exe Note For 37 Sl SIP Sample interval seconds in the xmlicon file is based on e If SampleMode 2 Samplelnterval e If SampleMode 3 Firmware lt 4 0 1 sec if SBE 37 has no pressure sensor 1 5 sec if SBE 37 has pressure sensor Firmware gt 4 0 0 9 sec if SBE 37 has no pressure sensor 1 3 sec if SBE 37 has pressure sensor 47 Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 4 Configuring Instrument Configure SBE Data Processin Shown below is an example status DS response in a terminal program for a SBE 37 SMP IDO with standard RS 232 interface that corresponds to the setup shown in the Configuration dialog box above Shown below the appropriate lines are the commands used in the terminal program to modify the setup of parameters critical processing of to SBE 37 SMP IDO data with SBE Data Processing as well as any explanatory information SBE37SMP ODO 232 1 0 SERIAL NO 12345 20 Sep 2012 00 48 50 IDO indicates MicroCAT includes integrated oxygen sensor must match oxygen sensor enable disable in xmlcon file vMain 13 31 vLith 3 19 samplenumber 1728 free 522560 not logging stop command sample interval 60 seconds Sample interval SampleInterval must match Sample interval seconds in xmlcon file data format converted engineering transmit real time data yes sync mode no minimum conductivity frequency
307. y psu e T water temperature IPTS 68 C e T absolute water temperature T 273 15 e Al 173 4292 A2 249 6339 A3 143 3483 A4 21 8492 e BI 0 033096 B2 0 014259 B3 0 00170 Oxygen percent saturation is the ratio of calculated oxygen to oxygen saturation in percent Oxygen Oxygen saturation 100 The Oxygen Saturation value used in this calculation is the value that was used in the Oxygen calculation e SBE 43 if you selected the Sea Bird equation in the con or xmlcon file the software uses the Garcia and Gordon Oxsol in this ratio if you selected the Owens Millard equation in the con or xmlcon file the software uses the Weiss Oxsat in this ratio e SBE 13 23 or 30 the software uses the Weiss Oxsat for this ratio Nitrogen saturation is the theoretical saturation limit of the water at the local temperature and salinity value but with local pressure reset to zero 1 atmosphere This calculation represents what the local parcel of water could have absorbed from the atmosphere when it was last at the surface p 0 but at the same T S value N2sat T S exp Al A2 100 T A3 In T 100 A4 T 100 S B1 B2 T 100 B3 T 100 where e N2Sat T S nitrogen saturation value ml l e S salinity psu e T water temperature C e T absolute water temperature C 273 15 e Al 172 4965 A2 248 4262 A3 143 0738 A4 21 7120 e BI 0 049781 B2 0 025018
308. y of Sea Bird instruments e SBE Data Processing program that converts edits processes and plots data for a variety of Sea Bird instruments e Plot39 program for plotting SBE 39 39 IM 39plus and 48 data This manual covers only SBE Data Processing Manual revision 7 23 2 Section 1 Introduction SBE Data Processing System Requirements Seasoft V2 was designed to work with a PC running Win XP Service pack 2 or later Windows Vista or Windows 7 Products Supported Processing SBE 39plus Data in Section 3 Typical Data Processing Sequences SBE Data Processing supports the following Sea Bird products SBE 9plus CTD with SBE 1 1p us Deck unit often referred to as 91 1 plus or with SBE 17 or 17plus Searam often referred to as 917plus SBE 16 SeaCAT C T optional pressure Recorder SBE 16plus and 16plus IM SeaCAT C T optional pressure Recorder SBE 16plus V2 and 16plus IM V2 SeaCAT C T optional pressure Recorder e SBE 19 SeaCAT Profiler e SBE 19plus SeaCAT Profiler e SBE 19plus V2 SeaCATProfiler e SBE 21 SeaCAT Thermosalinograph e SBE 25 Sealogger CTD e SBE 25plus Sealogger CTD e SBE 37 SM 37 SMP 37 IM 37 IMP 37 SI and 37 SIP MicroCAT Conductivity and Temperature optional pressure Recorder e SBE 37 SMP IDO 37 IMP IDO and 37 SIP IDO MicroCAT belo i Sig ae Si SEE Oe Conductivity Temperature and Dissolved Oxygen optional pressure POL ANG ALDIS ala Recorder icon eee etre with data e SBE37 SMP ODO
309. yes 80 Section 6 Data Processing MOdulles sccscsccssccscssscssssssessessessessessesseees 81 AL BM CTD gaotan E a ETNE tevin sheachintageielestvons tia taeiee bates 82 Align CTD Conductivity and Temperature ccccescesseeteeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 83 Align CTD Oxygen oczccccceeccieessiesceecticscalicn chee iiie E R E ia 85 Bin AVerage eenn innii ieii E R E E R a 86 Buoyant yieee ian ee EAE AEE EE RAES 89 Cell Thermal Mass sc222 tent coh raina ii e Te aR eia 91 Derive EOS 80 Practical Salinity ccccccssecseesecseccesceerceseeseeeeteesseensensees 93 Derive TEOS 10 wii sesh oestin cena Geek dete ies 96 Filtet a p o a tsi wading A A heer 99 Loop Editera a Basie E E EEE EE eS 102 Wild Edinan iaa A e r E E E OAT E E E E 104 Window Filtet rosieireroreine eiai e i eee tes 106 Window Filters Descriptions and Formulas cssecesceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 107 Median Filter Description cccccceesceseesceesceeseceeeceecaeeeaeeeneeseeeseecneees 109 Section 7 File Manipulation Modules csccscsssssssssescsecesssssssseeseeseeseeses 111 ASCI Meronia E EE TA OAE i 112 ASCH Out resi ieinreana nnana nii n a See 113 NeCHON jt idee EERE EE A N E E 114 Splits piei rann een A REE ARON beh ae eh 115 SUIP ia Wide EE eed n eee Hn ein be a a 116 Translates renon actinides vie ocd e dees 117 Manual revision 7 23 2 Table of Contents SBE Data Processing Section 8 Data Plotting Module Sea P
310. ytes Byte Count nbytes 160 Manual revision 7 23 2 Appendix VI Output Variable Names SBE Data Processing Short Name Full Name Friendly Name Units Notes Comments cdomflTCO CDOM Turner Cyclops ppb QS cdomflTC ppb QS 1 sensor cdomflTC1 CDOM Turner Cyclops 2 ppb QS cdomflTC2 ppb QS 2nd sensor cdomflTCdiff CDOM Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 ppb cdomflTCdiff ppb QS 2nd sensor lst sensor QS chloroflTCO Chlorophyll Turner Cyclops ug l chloroflTC ug l 1 sensor chloroflTC1 Chlorophyll Turner Cyclops 2 ug l chloroflTC2 ug l 2nd sensor chloroflTCdiff Chlorophyll Turner Cyclops Diff 2 1 chloroflTCdiff ug l 2nd sensor lst sensor ug l c_S m Conductivity S m c S m S m 1 sensor cond0S m or cond0S m c_mS cm Conductivity mS cm c mS cm mS cm 1 sensor cond0mS cm or cOmS cm c_uS cm Conductivity uS cm cuS cm uS cm 1 sensor cond0uS cm or cond0uS cm c1S m Conductivity 2 S m c2 S m S m 2nd sensor clmS cm Conductivity 2 mS cm c2 mS cm mS cm 2nd sensor cluS cm Conductivity 2 uS cm c2 uS cm uS cm 2nd sensor C2 C1S m Conductivity Difference 2 1 S m c2 cl S m S m 2nd sensor lst sensor C2 ClmS cm Conductivity Difference 2 1 mS cm c2 cl mS cm mS cm 2nd sensor lst sensor C2 CluS cm Conductivity Difference 2 1 uS cm c2 cl uS cm uS cm 2nd sensor Ist sensor

SBE Data Processing - Sea

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents